EP2186897A1 - An improved method for synthesising templated molecules - Google Patents
An improved method for synthesising templated molecules Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- EP2186897A1 EP2186897A1 EP08169346A EP08169346A EP2186897A1 EP 2186897 A1 EP2186897 A1 EP 2186897A1 EP 08169346 A EP08169346 A EP 08169346A EP 08169346 A EP08169346 A EP 08169346A EP 2186897 A1 EP2186897 A1 EP 2186897A1
- Authority
- EP
- European Patent Office
- Prior art keywords
- template
- molecule
- library
- pmol
- templated
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Granted
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 127
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 36
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 26
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 23
- 230000001588 bifunctional effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 22
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 claims description 102
- 108020004705 Codon Proteins 0.000 claims description 99
- 238000009739 binding Methods 0.000 claims description 72
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 claims description 71
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 69
- 108020004566 Transfer RNA Proteins 0.000 claims description 67
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 claims description 66
- 108020005098 Anticodon Proteins 0.000 claims description 46
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 claims description 38
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 claims description 38
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 claims description 37
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 claims description 30
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 29
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 claims description 27
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 claims description 27
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 claims description 26
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 22
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 claims description 21
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 claims description 21
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical group N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 claims description 18
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 claims description 16
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 claims description 16
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 claims description 16
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 claims description 13
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 claims description 13
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 claims description 10
- 108091026890 Coding region Proteins 0.000 claims description 9
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 claims description 9
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 108010090804 Streptavidin Proteins 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000008827 biological function Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 108010001857 Cell Surface Receptors Proteins 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000006471 dimerization reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000004585 polycyclic heterocycle group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000000169 tricyclic heterocycle group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 102000004310 Ion Channels Human genes 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 108090000862 Ion Channels Proteins 0.000 claims description 2
- 108091023040 Transcription factor Proteins 0.000 claims description 2
- 102000040945 Transcription factor Human genes 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000002860 competitive effect Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 229940039227 diagnostic agent Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000000032 diagnostic agent Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000002405 diagnostic procedure Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000002532 enzyme inhibitor Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 claims description 2
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000002797 proteolythic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 claims 1
- 102000000844 Cell Surface Receptors Human genes 0.000 claims 1
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 claims 1
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 3
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 68
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 67
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 50
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 48
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 46
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 45
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 38
- 238000002264 polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 35
- 238000000137 annealing Methods 0.000 description 30
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 27
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 25
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 25
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 25
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 24
- LMDZBCPBFSXMTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide Substances CCN=C=NCCCN(C)C LMDZBCPBFSXMTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- 235000013877 carbamide Nutrition 0.000 description 20
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 19
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 19
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 19
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 19
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 18
- NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Hydroxysuccinimide Chemical compound ON1C(=O)CCC1=O NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 16
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 16
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 15
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 15
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 15
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 14
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 14
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 14
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 14
- 239000003607 modifier Substances 0.000 description 14
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 14
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 14
- 238000010187 selection method Methods 0.000 description 14
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 14
- ISAKRJDGNUQOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Uracil Chemical compound O=C1C=CNC(=O)N1 ISAKRJDGNUQOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 238000003752 polymerase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 13
- 125000006850 spacer group Chemical group 0.000 description 13
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- OPTASPLRGRRNAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N cytosine Chemical compound NC=1C=CNC(=O)N=1 OPTASPLRGRRNAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N guanine Chemical compound O=C1NC(N)=NC2=C1N=CN2 UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 12
- RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N thymine Chemical compound CC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 11
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 11
- 0 C*(C=Cc1ccc(C)cc11)C1=O Chemical compound C*(C=Cc1ccc(C)cc11)C1=O 0.000 description 10
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 10
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 10
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 10
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 238000002823 phage display Methods 0.000 description 9
- 150000008300 phosphoramidites Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 9
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 9
- -1 2'-deoxyribose Chemical compound 0.000 description 8
- ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formamide Chemical compound NC=O ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 8
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000001943 fluorescence-activated cell sorting Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 8
- AVBGNFCMKJOFIN-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethylammonium acetate Chemical compound CC(O)=O.CCN(CC)CC AVBGNFCMKJOFIN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl]ethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OCC[NH+]1CCN(CCS([O-])(=O)=O)CC1 JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- BMTZEAOGFDXDAD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 4-(4,6-dimethoxy-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl)-4-methylmorpholin-4-ium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].COC1=NC(OC)=NC([N+]2(C)CCOCC2)=N1 BMTZEAOGFDXDAD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 7
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 7
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 229930024421 Adenine Natural products 0.000 description 6
- GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Adenine Chemical compound NC1=NC=NC2=C1N=CN2 GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N Inosine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C2=NC=NC(O)=C2N=C1 UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229930010555 Inosine Natural products 0.000 description 6
- 108091093037 Peptide nucleic acid Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 229960000643 adenine Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229940104302 cytosine Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 6
- 229960003786 inosine Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 6
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 125000000446 sulfanediyl group Chemical group *S* 0.000 description 6
- 229940113082 thymine Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 229940035893 uracil Drugs 0.000 description 6
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 210000000988 bone and bone Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 5
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7H-purine Chemical compound N1=CNC2=NC=NC2=C1 KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperidine Chemical compound C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- OIRDTQYFTABQOQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N adenosine Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O OIRDTQYFTABQOQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 4
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000005829 chemical entities Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000001114 immunoprecipitation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- MGFYIUFZLHCRTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrilotriacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O MGFYIUFZLHCRTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 150000002972 pentoses Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 229920002401 polyacrylamide Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 230000037452 priming Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000004850 protein–protein interaction Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000012163 sequencing technique Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000000638 solvent extraction Methods 0.000 description 4
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- CYIJYHIEQLQITN-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 2-[bis[2-(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy-2-oxoethyl]amino]acetate Chemical compound O=C1CCC(=O)N1OC(=O)CN(CC(=O)ON1C(CCC1=O)=O)CC(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O CYIJYHIEQLQITN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000003688 G-Protein-Coupled Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000045 G-Protein-Coupled Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108010067902 Peptide Library Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 3
- 102100037486 Reverse transcriptase/ribonuclease H Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 3
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000003314 affinity selection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000003636 chemical group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000003596 drug target Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000007429 general method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 3
- 102000006240 membrane receptors Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000005457 optimization Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 3
- SQGYOTSLMSWVJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N silver(1+) nitrate Chemical compound [Ag+].[O-]N(=O)=O SQGYOTSLMSWVJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000003568 thioethers Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000010200 validation analysis Methods 0.000 description 3
- FPQQSJJWHUJYPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(dimethylamino)propyliminomethylidene-ethylazanium;chloride Chemical compound Cl.CCN=C=NCCCN(C)C FPQQSJJWHUJYPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LRSASMSXMSNRBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-methylcytosine Chemical compound CC1=CNC(=O)N=C1N LRSASMSXMSNRBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LRFVTYWOQMYALW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9H-xanthine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)NC2=C1NC=N2 LRFVTYWOQMYALW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-SOOFDHNKSA-N D-ribofuranose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-SOOFDHNKSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 2
- NYHBQMYGNKIUIF-UUOKFMHZSA-N Guanosine Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(=O)NC(N)=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O NYHBQMYGNKIUIF-UUOKFMHZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 2
- SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Indole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=CC2=C1 SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000007399 Nuclear hormone receptor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108020005497 Nuclear hormone receptor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108700026244 Open Reading Frames Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108090000854 Oxidoreductases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004316 Oxidoreductases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102000035195 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010020346 Polyglutamic Acid Proteins 0.000 description 2
- PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-LMVFSUKVSA-N Ribose Natural products OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)C=O PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-LMVFSUKVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N Thymidine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-XVFCMESISA-N Uridine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-XVFCMESISA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-D-Furanose-Ribose Natural products OCC1OC(O)C(O)C1O HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003443 antiviral agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000000376 autoradiography Methods 0.000 description 2
- UDSAIICHUKSCKT-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromophenol blue Chemical compound C1=C(Br)C(O)=C(Br)C=C1C1(C=2C=C(Br)C(O)=C(Br)C=2)C2=CC=CC=C2S(=O)(=O)O1 UDSAIICHUKSCKT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AIYUHDOJVYHVIT-UHFFFAOYSA-M caesium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cs+] AIYUHDOJVYHVIT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000013553 cell monolayer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000005754 cellular signaling Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003196 chaotropic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000001072 colon Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000000805 cytoplasm Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000002919 epithelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002496 gastric effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 2
- 230000003100 immobilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 2
- DRAVOWXCEBXPTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoguanine Chemical compound NC1=NC(=O)NC2=C1NC=N2 DRAVOWXCEBXPTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000007834 ligase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920002521 macromolecule Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- YACKEPLHDIMKIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylphosphonic acid Chemical compound CP(O)(O)=O YACKEPLHDIMKIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004573 morpholin-4-yl group Chemical group N1(CCOCC1)* 0.000 description 2
- 239000002777 nucleoside Substances 0.000 description 2
- PTMHPRAIXMAOOB-UHFFFAOYSA-L phosphoramidate Chemical compound NP([O-])([O-])=O PTMHPRAIXMAOOB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 230000026731 phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006366 phosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000376 reactant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002702 ribosome display Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000548 ribosyl group Chemical group C1([C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O1)CO)* 0.000 description 2
- 238000009987 spinning Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940124530 sulfonamide Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000003456 sulfonamides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000003871 sulfonates Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-K thiophosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=S RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical group OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241001515965 unidentified phage Species 0.000 description 2
- NLIVDORGVGAOOJ-MAHBNPEESA-M xylene cyanol Chemical compound [Na+].C1=C(C)C(NCC)=CC=C1C(\C=1C(=CC(OS([O-])=O)=CC=1)OS([O-])=O)=C\1C=C(C)\C(=[NH+]/CC)\C=C/1 NLIVDORGVGAOOJ-MAHBNPEESA-M 0.000 description 2
- STGXGJRRAJKJRG-JDJSBBGDSA-N (3r,4r,5r)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-3-methoxyoxolane-2,4-diol Chemical compound CO[C@H]1C(O)O[C@H](CO)[C@H]1O STGXGJRRAJKJRG-JDJSBBGDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HMXQIFUGFZEJEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-dihydropyrrol-3-one Chemical compound O=C1CNC=C1 HMXQIFUGFZEJEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HASUWNAFLUMMFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,7-dihydropyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine-2,4-dione Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)NC2=C1C=CN2 HASUWNAFLUMMFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-beta-D-Xylofuranosyl-NH-Cytosine Natural products O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1C1C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YKBGVTZYEHREMT-KVQBGUIXSA-N 2'-deoxyguanosine Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(=O)NC(N)=NC=2N1[C@H]1C[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 YKBGVTZYEHREMT-KVQBGUIXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CKTSBUTUHBMZGZ-SHYZEUOFSA-N 2'‐deoxycytidine Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)C1 CKTSBUTUHBMZGZ-SHYZEUOFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KWHISWOYDCMPEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-bis(aminomethyl)propane-1,3-diamine tetrahydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.Cl.Cl.Cl.NCC(CN)(CN)CN KWHISWOYDCMPEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XQCZBXHVTFVIFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-4-hydroxypyrimidine Chemical compound NC1=NC=CC(O)=N1 XQCZBXHVTFVIFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QSECPQCFCWVBKM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-iodoethanol Chemical compound OCCI QSECPQCFCWVBKM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GNFTZDOKVXKIBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(2-methoxyethoxy)benzohydrazide Chemical compound COCCOC1=CC=CC(C(=O)NN)=C1 GNFTZDOKVXKIBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LQLQRFGHAALLLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-bromouracil Chemical compound BrC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O LQLQRFGHAALLLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PLUDYDNNASPOEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-(aziridin-1-yl)-1h-pyrimidin-2-one Chemical compound C1=CNC(=O)N=C1N1CC1 PLUDYDNNASPOEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SXQMWXNOYLLRBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-(methylamino)purin-8-one Chemical compound CNC1=NC=NC2=NC(=O)N=C12 SXQMWXNOYLLRBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LOSIULRWFAEMFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-deazaguanine Chemical compound O=C1NC(N)=NC2=C1CC=N2 LOSIULRWFAEMFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VKKXEIQIGGPMHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7h-purine-2,8-diamine Chemical compound NC1=NC=C2NC(N)=NC2=N1 VKKXEIQIGGPMHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000936 Agarose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108090000531 Amidohydrolases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004092 Amidohydrolases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091093088 Amplicon Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020005544 Antisense RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091023037 Aptamer Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 1
- SQFBEMIECDSVKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N C#[B]N(C=C1)C(N)=NC1=O Chemical compound C#[B]N(C=C1)C(N)=NC1=O SQFBEMIECDSVKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002126 C01EB10 - Adenosine Substances 0.000 description 1
- FGUUSXIOTUKUDN-IBGZPJMESA-N C1(=CC=CC=C1)N1C2=C(NC([C@H](C1)NC=1OC(=NN=1)C1=CC=CC=C1)=O)C=CC=C2 Chemical compound C1(=CC=CC=C1)N1C2=C(NC([C@H](C1)NC=1OC(=NN=1)C1=CC=CC=C1)=O)C=CC=C2 FGUUSXIOTUKUDN-IBGZPJMESA-N 0.000 description 1
- XMWRBQBLMFGWIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N C60 fullerene Chemical class C12=C3C(C4=C56)=C7C8=C5C5=C9C%10=C6C6=C4C1=C1C4=C6C6=C%10C%10=C9C9=C%11C5=C8C5=C8C7=C3C3=C7C2=C1C1=C2C4=C6C4=C%10C6=C9C9=C%11C5=C5C8=C3C3=C7C1=C1C2=C4C6=C2C9=C5C3=C12 XMWRBQBLMFGWIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000053642 Catalytic RNA Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000994 Catalytic RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- MCQLPPYPHVHOCQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cc(cccc1C=CN2C)c1C2=O Chemical compound Cc(cccc1C=CN2C)c1C2=O MCQLPPYPHVHOCQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000157855 Cinchona Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000001258 Cinchona calisaya Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 108020004635 Complementary DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091035707 Consensus sequence Proteins 0.000 description 1
- MIKUYHXYGGJMLM-GIMIYPNGSA-N Crotonoside Natural products C1=NC2=C(N)NC(=O)N=C2N1[C@H]1O[C@@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O MIKUYHXYGGJMLM-GIMIYPNGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PMATZTZNYRCHOR-CGLBZJNRSA-N Cyclosporin A Chemical class CC[C@@H]1NC(=O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@H](C)C\C=C\C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)CN(C)C1=O PMATZTZNYRCHOR-CGLBZJNRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-PSQAKQOGSA-N Cytidine Natural products O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O1 UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-PSQAKQOGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000002004 Cytochrome P-450 Enzyme System Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010015742 Cytochrome P-450 Enzyme System Proteins 0.000 description 1
- NYHBQMYGNKIUIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-guanosine Natural products C1=2NC(N)=NC(=O)C=2N=CN1C1OC(CO)C(O)C1O NYHBQMYGNKIUIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000004543 DNA replication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004568 DNA-binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108020005199 Dehydrogenases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- CKTSBUTUHBMZGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Deoxycytidine Natural products O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1C1OC(CO)C(O)C1 CKTSBUTUHBMZGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001353 Dextrin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004375 Dextrin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000854350 Enicospilus group Species 0.000 description 1
- 108090000371 Esterases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- GHASVSINZRGABV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorouracil Chemical compound FC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O GHASVSINZRGABV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000016354 Glucuronosyltransferase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010092364 Glucuronosyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000005720 Glutathione transferase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010070675 Glutathione transferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930186217 Glycolipid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090000604 Hydrolases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004157 Hydrolases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100034343 Integrase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-leucine Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Leucine Natural products CC(C)CC(N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000003960 Ligases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000364 Ligases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000018697 Membrane Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010052285 Membrane Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000010909 Monoamine Oxidase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010062431 Monoamine oxidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010049175 N-substituted Glycines Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000000020 Nitrocellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108091005461 Nucleic proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- PSBSRPBMRSIGNG-UHFFFAOYSA-N O=C(c1c(N2)[n]([B]#[Cl])cn1)NC2=O Chemical compound O=C(c1c(N2)[n]([B]#[Cl])cn1)NC2=O PSBSRPBMRSIGNG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101710160107 Outer membrane protein A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000012408 PCR amplification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002033 PVDF binder Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000037273 Pathologic Processes Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010043958 Peptoids Proteins 0.000 description 1
- ABLZXFCXXLZCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorous acid Chemical class OP(O)=O ABLZXFCXXLZCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091000080 Phosphotransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002873 Polyethylenimine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010039918 Polylysine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010021757 Polynucleotide 5'-Hydroxyl-Kinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008422 Polynucleotide 5'-hydroxyl-kinase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002396 Polyurea Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010001267 Protein Subunits Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000002067 Protein Subunits Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010092799 RNA-directed DNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091007187 Reductases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700008625 Reporter Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000953909 Streptomyces viridifaciens Isobutylamine N-hydroxylase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- BZHJMEDXRYGGRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vinyl chloride Chemical compound ClC=C BZHJMEDXRYGGRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MMWCIQZXVOZEGG-HOZKJCLWSA-N [(1S,2R,3S,4S,5R,6S)-2,3,5-trihydroxy-4,6-diphosphonooxycyclohexyl] dihydrogen phosphate Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](OP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](OP(O)(O)=O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1OP(O)(O)=O MMWCIQZXVOZEGG-HOZKJCLWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MKUXAQIIEYXACX-UHFFFAOYSA-N aciclovir Chemical group N1C(N)=NC(=O)C2=C1N(COCCO)C=N2 MKUXAQIIEYXACX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005305 adenosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001042 affinity chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001335 aliphatic alkanes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001345 alkine derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001350 alkyl halides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-acetylene Natural products C#C HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004082 barrier epithelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 1
- DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-PSQAKQOGSA-N beta-L-uridine Natural products O[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O[C@@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-PSQAKQOGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000023732 binding proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091008324 binding proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000000975 bioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012620 biological material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008512 biological response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001222 biopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010804 cDNA synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004657 carbamic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000004649 carbonic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 238000006555 catalytic reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000423 cell based assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000030833 cell death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003855 cell nucleus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003833 cell viability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003570 cell viability assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000919 ceramic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009920 chelation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002144 chemical decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003184 complementary RNA Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009918 complex formation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000562 conjugate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037029 cross reaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001913 cyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-ZAKLUEHWSA-N cytidine Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O1 UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-ZAKLUEHWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004925 denaturation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000036425 denaturation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001784 detoxification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019425 dextrin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000029087 digestion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000010494 dissociation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005593 dissociations Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036267 drug metabolism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001971 elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004890 epithelial barrier function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002118 epoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002211 flavins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002949 fluorouracil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910003472 fullerene Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000417 fungicide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229920000370 gamma-poly(glutamate) polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 210000001035 gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002523 gelfiltration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930195712 glutamate Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000004676 glycans Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000005484 gravity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940029575 guanosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005179 haloacetyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002429 hydrazines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- BHEPBYXIRTUNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydridophosphorus(.) (triplet) Chemical compound [PH] BHEPBYXIRTUNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002443 hydroxylamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- LFKYBJLFJOOKAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazol-2-ylidenemethanone Chemical compound O=C=C1N=CC=N1 LFKYBJLFJOOKAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002466 imines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N indole Natural products CC1=CC=CC2=C1C=CN2 PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolenine Natural products C1=CC=C2CC=NC2=C1 RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000008611 intercellular interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004068 intracellular signaling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000001155 isoelectric focusing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002147 killing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002824 mRNA display Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000002493 microarray Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000813 microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007431 microscopic evaluation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007040 multi-step synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229930014626 natural product Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002826 nitrites Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920001220 nitrocellulos Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108020004017 nuclear receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 150000003833 nucleoside derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003835 nucleoside group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000004940 nucleus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000005580 one pot reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940094443 oxytocics prostaglandins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000004091 panning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009054 pathological process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006320 pegylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000863 peptide conjugate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012466 permeate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000575 pesticide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009120 phenotypic response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003003 phosphines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000004713 phosphodiesters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003904 phospholipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- BRWWKYJBIHJVNQ-UYXJWNHNSA-N phosphoric acid;(3s,4r)-3,4,5-trihydroxypentanal Chemical group OP(O)(O)=O.OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)CC=O BRWWKYJBIHJVNQ-UYXJWNHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000020233 phosphotransferase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001197 polyacetylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000412 polyarylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000570 polyether Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002643 polyglutamic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001228 polyisocyanate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005056 polyisocyanate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000441 polyisocyanide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229930001119 polyketide Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 125000000830 polyketide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920000656 polylysine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920000193 polymethacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002635 polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002981 polyvinylidene fluoride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003180 prostaglandins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000017854 proteolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003212 purines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003222 pyridines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003230 pyrimidines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003410 quininyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002708 random mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006722 reduction reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007363 regulatory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003252 repetitive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 1
- PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodamine B Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C2OC2=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091092562 ribozyme Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000005060 rubber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008684 selective degradation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000019491 signal transduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002356 single layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002415 sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011343 solid material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013112 stability test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003431 steroids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000004936 stimulating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011410 subtraction method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010189 synthetic method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001059 synthetic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002456 taxol group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003512 tertiary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940126585 therapeutic drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000007970 thio esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000765 toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 102000027257 transmembrane receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091008578 transmembrane receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229960000281 trometamol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N uracil arabinoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(CO)OC1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003672 ureas Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940045145 uridine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940075420 xanthine Drugs 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
- C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
- C12N15/10—Processes for the isolation, preparation or purification of DNA or RNA
- C12N15/1034—Isolating an individual clone by screening libraries
- C12N15/1068—Template (nucleic acid) mediated chemical library synthesis, e.g. chemical and enzymatical DNA-templated organic molecule synthesis, libraries prepared by non ribosomal polypeptide synthesis [NRPS], DNA/RNA-polymerase mediated polypeptide synthesis
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D405/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
- C07D405/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
- C07H21/00—Compounds containing two or more mononucleotide units having separate phosphate or polyphosphate groups linked by saccharide radicals of nucleoside groups, e.g. nucleic acids
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
- C07H21/00—Compounds containing two or more mononucleotide units having separate phosphate or polyphosphate groups linked by saccharide radicals of nucleoside groups, e.g. nucleic acids
- C07H21/04—Compounds containing two or more mononucleotide units having separate phosphate or polyphosphate groups linked by saccharide radicals of nucleoside groups, e.g. nucleic acids with deoxyribosyl as saccharide radical
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C40—COMBINATORIAL TECHNOLOGY
- C40B—COMBINATORIAL CHEMISTRY; LIBRARIES, e.g. CHEMICAL LIBRARIES
- C40B40/00—Libraries per se, e.g. arrays, mixtures
- C40B40/04—Libraries containing only organic compounds
- C40B40/06—Libraries containing nucleotides or polynucleotides, or derivatives thereof
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C40—COMBINATORIAL TECHNOLOGY
- C40B—COMBINATORIAL CHEMISTRY; LIBRARIES, e.g. CHEMICAL LIBRARIES
- C40B40/00—Libraries per se, e.g. arrays, mixtures
- C40B40/04—Libraries containing only organic compounds
- C40B40/14—Libraries containing macromolecular compounds and not covered by groups C40B40/06 - C40B40/12
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07B—GENERAL METHODS OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C07B2200/00—Indexing scheme relating to specific properties of organic compounds
- C07B2200/11—Compounds covalently bound to a solid support
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
- C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
- C12Q1/6813—Hybridisation assays
- C12Q1/6816—Hybridisation assays characterised by the detection means
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a method for synthesising templated molecules.
- the method implies a high local concentration of reactive groups intended to participate in a formation of a linkage, thus increasing the probability of linkage formation.
- the invention also relates to a library, that is a plurality of templated molecules, wherein each of the templated molecules are attached to the template which directed the synthesis thereof.
- the central dogma of biology describes the one-way flow of information from DNA to RNA to protein.
- methods such as phage display, peptides-on-plasmids, ribosome display and mRNA-protein fusion have been developed, allowing the transfer of information from the level of protein/peptide to RNA or DNA.
- This has enabled the use of molecular evolution to be applied on huge numbers of peptides that are exposed to an enrichment process, where after the enriched pool of molecules (enriched for a particular feature, such as binding to receptor protein) are amplified, by exploiting information flow from the peptide to DNA and then amplifying the DNA.
- the identifier oligonucleotide part of the bifunctional molecule is amplified by means of PCR.
- the PCR amplicons are sequenced and decoded for identification of the biochemical polymer.
- This approach does not, however, allow one-pot amplification of the library members.
- the sequence of nucleotides serves to identify the biochemical molecule only after a laborious sequencing process. Thus the flow of information from the identifier sequence to the biochemical polymer is restrained.
- Halpin and Harbury have in WO 00/23458 suggested an improvement to the approach stipulated immediately above, wherein the molecules formed are not only identified but also directed by the nucleic acid tag.
- the approach is based on the traditional split-and-combine strategy for synthesis of combinatorial libraries comprising two or more synthetic steps.
- Plurality nucleic acid templates are used, each having at one end a chemical reactive site and dispersed throughout the stand a plurality of codons regions, each of said codon regions in turn specifying different codons.
- each of the strands, identified by a first codon region is reacted at the chemical reaction sites with specific selected reagents.
- the split-and-combine method is conducted an appropriate number of times to produce a library of typically between 10 3 and 10 6 different compounds.
- the split-and-combine method is cumbersome and generates only a relatively small library.
- Gartner ZJ and Liu DR discloses a method in which DNA is used to direct chemical reactions sequence-specifically. It is shown that the proximity effect provided by DNA-templated synthesis can be used to promote chemical reactions.
- the distance between the building block and the reactive site of the template amounts to several nucleotides, e.g. 30 nucleotides, which implies that the reaction at the largest distance from the template reactive site is less promoted relative to a chemical entity carried by a building block annealed to a codon next to the reactive site.
- the present invention aims at suggesting a solution for increasing the local concentration of reactants to promote the probability of a reaction.
- the present invention provides a method for synthesising a templated molecule, said method comprising the steps of:
- the template comprises in a preferred embodiment two or more codons, such as three to fifteen codons.
- the first functional entity which in an aspect of the invention can be a scaffold, can then be connected to two or more functional entities.
- the method may be conducted only once to connect a scaffold functional entity with the desired amount of functional entities or the steps of d) through g) may be repeated one or more times to sequentially add building blocks harbouring functional entities to be attached to a functional entity or a nascent templated molecule.
- step d) When multi-step synthesis is performed, the repetition of the steps d) through g) is conducted using the templated molecule attached to the template which directed the synthesis thereof according to step g) as the first functional entity attached to a zipping domain in the contacting step according to step d).
- the zipper domains may be characterized as two interacting moieties able to reversibly dimerize in an ordered way, thereby bringing reactive groups attached to them into close proximity. Reversibility is required in a preferred aspect in order to allow different functional entities having the same dimerization domain to interact at different times with a complementary zipper domain attached to a reactive site.
- Many types of molecular moieties may be employed as zipper domains, of which here follows a non-comprehensive list of appropriate pairs of zipper domains: i) DNA/DNA, DNA/RNA, LNA/DNA, PNA/RNA, various combinations of nucleotides and nucleotide analogs; ii) peptide/peptide, e.g.
- base and acid leucine zipper (coiled coil structure of two alpha-helices), antibody/antigen; iii) nucleic acid-peptide, e.g. Zinck-finger DNA binding domain/dsDNA; iv) peptide/small organic molecule, e.g., streptavidin/biotin; v) small organic molecule/small organic molecule, e.g., nitrilotriacetic acid (NTA)/nitrilotriacetic acid (NTA)-Zn ++; vi) positively charged moiety/negatively charged moiety, e.g., polyglutamic acid/polylysine.
- the zipper box can be chosen according to the conditions of the reaction that it is supposed to enhance.
- DNA/DNA zipper boxes may be used. By varying the length of the zipper box (the complementary DNA strands), one may design zipper boxes of desired stability and dynamics. Other types of zipper boxes will be very dependent on pH. For example, the interaction strength and dynamics of a glutamate/lysine pair will be dependent on pH, as for example the polyglutamate will be highly negatively charged at high pH, and not charged at all at low pH.
- the functional entity is in an aspect of the invention attached to the template through one or more covalent links.
- the first functional entity is connected to a sequence of nucleic acids complementing a sequence of nucleic acids harboured by the template to enable the attachment of a scaffold to the template by hybridisation.
- the first functional entity is a scaffold, i.e. a chemical moiety which is amended, usually by addition of functional groups emanating from one or more building blocks.
- the scaffold may be a single reactive group or a chemical structure comprising two or more reactive groups. Usually, the scaffold remains attached to the template through-out the synthesis of the templated molecule.
- the polarity of the building block harbouring the first functional entity is reverse compared to the polarity of the building block harbouring the further functional entity, i.e. if the first functional entity is attached to the 5' end of an oligonucleotide, the further functional entity is preferably attached to the 3' end of building block oligonucleotide, or visa versa.
- the scaffold building block is annealed to a flanking position of the template, i.e. not placed between codons codon for building blocks.
- the zipping domain may be placed relative to the first functional entity in any way that promotes the proximity of the functional entities.
- the zipping domain is present in the template.
- the zipping domain is situated between a codon coding for a scaffold oligo and the codons coding for building blocks.
- the zipping domain is a part of the linker of the building block.
- the zipping domain is proximal to the functional entity. Still more preferred the zipping domain is spaced from the functional entity with no more than 2 nucleic acids monomers.
- the zipping domain of the functional entity of the building block and the first functional entity is distanced from the respective entities with the same number of nucleic acid monomers to provide for a high local concentration of functional entities.
- the distance of the zipping domain of the functional entity of the building block and the first functional entity, respectively, to the functional entities are preferably zero nucleotide monomers.
- it is preferred that the two functional entities intended to form a connection is attached to the terminal nucleotide of the zipping domain.
- the desired number of the nucleic acid monomers of the zipping domain depends largely on the temperature and stringency conditions in general used during the synthesis. If a low stringency and/or a relatively low temperature is preferred the number of nucleic acid monomers may be as low as 3. However, a low number of nucleic acid monomers in the sequence of the zipper domain may increase the risk of hybridisation to e.g. the template or building blocks. It is therefore, in general, preferred to use at least 4 nucleic acid monomers.
- the zipping domain sequence comprises 3 to 20 nucleic acid monomers. In a still more preferred embodiment the zipping domain sequence comprises 4 to 16 nucleic acid monomers. Most preferred is a zipping domain sequence comprising 5 to 10 nucleic acid monomers.
- the linkage between the anti-codon and the a zipping domain may be a single bond or a chemical moiety up to several 100 A, such as between 1 and 300 A.
- the linkage may of any suitable chemical nature, however, it is in general preferred that the linkage is an oligonucleotide.
- the linkage is a single bond, i.e. the anti-codon abuts the zipping domain.
- the annealing temperature of the codon:anti-codon hybrid is higher than the annealing temperature of the zipping domain hybrid to ensure that the building block remain attached to the template even though the interaction of the zipping domains is eliminated.
- the above aspect is specifically preferred when the contacting according to step d) is performed by alternating the temperature below and above the annealing temperature of the zipping domain. The effect of the alternation is increased when the alternating is performed a plurality of times.
- the highest temperature is preferably below the annealing temperature of the codon:anti-codon hybrid.
- the building blocks attached to these codons have essentially identical sequences of the zipping domain. An alternation of the temperature will then attract the different functional entities annealed through building blocks to the scaffold. Thus, it is possible to have a variety of functional entities brought into close proximity of the scaffold.
- the difference between the annealing temperatures of the codon:anti-codon hybrid and the dimerized zipping domains is suitably 10 °C or above. More preferred the difference between the annealing temperatures is 25 °C or above.
- the hybridisation of codons with anti-codons and zipper domain dimerisation occurs in separate steps, i.e. the conditions for allowing specific hybridisation of the anti-codon(s) to the codon(s) of the template(s) are distinct from the conditions allowing for optimal dimerisation of the two pairs of the molecule pair.
- the separation of the step provides for optimal conditions for each step.
- the dimerisation step it is preferred to use conditions that ensures that the codons and anti-codons remains attached and conditions that favours reaction between the functional entities.
- the conditions during specific hybridisation of the anti-codon(s) to the codon(s) suitably include a concentration of codons and/or anti-codons, which is higher than the concentration of codons and/or anti-codons used during dimerisation of the two pairs of the molecule pair.
- the difference in concentration enhance the probability that the codon:anti-codon hybrid has been formed prior to the reaction of the functional entities, thereby ensuring the transfer of genetic information.
- the concentration during hybridisation of codon(s) and anti-codons is at least 10 times higher compared to the concentration used for dimerisation of the two pairs of the zipping domain.
- the diluted conditions during the zipping domain dimerisation also favours the template directed reactions rather cross-reactions among random reactive groups appearing in the media because the local concentration of encoded reactive groups relative to the concentration of reactive groups in general in the media is increased.
- the method is used to generate a library of templated molecules attached to the template (or, alternatively, a complementing template) which directed the synthesis of the molecule.
- a library may be generated by having more than one possible codon:anti-codon interaction. This may be conducted by having several building blocks with different functional entities but similar anti-codons. However, to obtain a one-to-one relationship between the identity of the functional entity connected to the scaffold and the codon of the template, it is usually preferred that each building block carries a specific anti-codon which identify the functional entity.
- a library preferably comprises a plurality of templates with different unique codons and/or order of unique codons.
- a plurality of building blocks having anti-codons corresponding to the unique codons of the templates is usually provided.
- a specific building block is provided for each of the unique codons.
- some of the codons are not matched by a building block or alternatively blocked by a oligonucleotide sequence without a functional entity.
- the anti-codons in this example are approximately 20 nucleotides long (and has a melting temperature towards its complementary sequence of approximately 60 °C), whereas the zipper domain is approximately 5 nucleotides long (and has a much lower melting temperature, e.g. around 17 °C).
- the building blocks and the plurality of templates are incubated together, at a medium temperature (e.g., 55 °C), allowing the anti-codons to find and bind to the corresponding codons. At this temperature, the anti-codons interact efficiently and specifically with the codons, whereas the zipper boxes do not interact efficiently. Excess un-bound building blocks are washed away.
- the reactions between reactive groups of neighbouring functional entities are initiated by lowering the temperature to e.g. 10°C, and potentially changing conditions other than the temperature.
- the zipper domains of the regular building blocks will interact with the complementary sequence of the zipper domain of the scaffold functional entity, thereby bringing the reactive groups into very close proximity (see figure 14 ).
- This increases the local concentration of the reactive groups significantly, and as a result the reactive groups react.
- the temperature is increased to the medium temperature (55 °C) and the zipping box is melted resulting in a separation of the functional entities.
- another building block may hybridize its zipper domain to the zipper domain of the scaffold, whereafter its functional entity may react with the scaffold.
- the zipper box is a molecular affinity pair composed of two parts which has affinity for each other under certain environmental conditions.
- the essential property of the molecular affinity pair is that the two parts are capable of interacting in order to assemble the molecular affinity pair.
- a variety of interacting molecular parts are known which can be used as the molecular affinity pair. Examples include, but are not restricted to protein-protein interactions, protein-polysaccharide interactions, RNA-protein interactions, DNA-DNA interactions; DNARNA interactions, RNA-RNA interactions, biotin-streptavidin interactions, enzyme-ligand interactions, antibody-ligand interaction, protein-ligand interaction, ect.
- the interaction between the molecular affinity parts may result in a strong or a week bonding. If a covalent bond is formed between the parties of the affinity pair the binding between the parts can be regarded as strong, whereas the establishment of hydrogen bondings, interactions between hydrophobic domains, and metal chelation in general results in a week bonding. In general relatively weak bonding is preferred.
- the first part of the affinity pair is capable of reversible interacting with the second part of the affinity pair so as to provide for an attachment or detachment of the parts in accordance with the changing conditions of the media.
- the molecular affinity pair is based on an interaction between nucleotides, i.e. the first part of the affinity pair is a sequence of nucleotides and the second part of the affinity pair is a sequence of nucleotides capable of hybridising to the first part of the affinity pair.
- the first part of the affinity pair may be a part of the template or a building block and may comprise an oligonucleotide having nucleobases selected among the natural occurring nucleobases, i.e. adenine, cytosine, guanine, thymine, and uracil which are attached to a backbone, such as a repetitive sequence of (deoxy)ribose-phosphate units.
- the second part of the affinity pair can be an oligonucleotide having nucleobases which complements and is specifically recognised by the first part, i.e. in the event the first part contains cytosine, the second part contains guanine and visa versa, and in the event the first part contains thymine or uracil the second part contains adenine.
- the nucleobases of the second part of the affinity pair are non-specific base-pairing nucleobases.
- Non-specific base-pairing nucleobases are bases which, when attached to a backbone, are able to pair with at least two of the five naturally occurring nucleobases mentioned above.
- the base pairing between the two or more natural nucleobases and the non-specifically base-pairing nucleobase occurs essentially iso-enegically, i.e. the bonds formed have a strength of the same order.
- non-specifically base-pairing nucleobase is used herein interchangeably with the term “universal base”.
- nucleobase inosine In natural tRNA the nucleobase inosine is found. Inosine has the ability to hybridise non-specifically with three of the nucleobases, i.e. cytosine, thymine, and adenine. Other synthetic compounds having the same ability of non-specifically base-pairing with natural nucleobases have been formed and includes among others the compounds depicted below
- the codons of the template may be any biochemical entity with an ability to be recognized specifically by another entity. It is preferred, however, that the codon is a sequence of nucleotides.
- the sequence of nucleotides carries a series of nucleobases on a back bone.
- the nucleobases of the codons may be any chemical entity able to be specifically recognized by a complementing entity.
- the nucleobases are usually selected from the natural nucleobases (adenine, guanine, uracil, thymine, and cytosine) but also the other nucleobases obeying the Watson-Crick hydrogen-bonding rules may be used, such as the synthetic nucleobases disclosed in US 6,037,120 .
- the codon may be a single nucleotide. In the generation of a library, this will allow for the incorporation of four different functional entities into the template-directed molecule. However, to obtain a higher diversity a codon preferably comprises at least two and more preferred at least three nucleotides. Theoretically, this will provide for 4 2 and 4 3 , respectively, different functional entities.
- the codons will usually not comprise more than 100 nucleotides. It is preferred to have codons with a sequence of 3 to 30 nucleotides.
- the at least two codons of the template are arranged in sequence, i.e. next to each other and may be separated by a spacer group.
- the template may comprise further codons.
- Each of the further codons may be separated by a suitable spacer group.
- all or at least a majority of the codons of the template are arranged in sequence and each of the codons are separated from a neighbouring codon by a spacer group.
- the number of codons of the template is 2 to 100. Still more preferred is templates comprising 3 to 15 codons.
- the spacer sequence may serve various purposes.
- the spacer group identifies the position of a codon.
- the spacer group either upstream or downstream of a codon comprises information which allows determination of the position of the codon.
- the spacer group may also or in addition provide for a region of high affinity. The high affinity region will ensure that the hybridisation of the template with the anti-codon will occur in frame.
- the spacer sequence adjusts the annealing temperature to a desired level.
- a spacer sequence with high affinity can be provided by incorporation of one or more nucleobases forming three hydrogen bonds to a cognate nucleobase.
- An example of a nucleobase having this property is guanine.
- the spacer sequence may be subjected to back bone modification.
- back bone modifications provides for higher affinity, such as 2'-O-methyl substitution of the ribose moiety, peptide nucleic acids (PNA), and 2'-4' O-methylene cyclisation of the ribose moiety, also referred to as LNA (Locked Nucleic Acid).
- the template may comprise flanking regions.
- flanking regions can in an aspect of the invention serve to immobilize the template to a surface of a solid support such as a microarray.
- the flanking region can encompasses a signal group, such a flourophor or a radio active group, to allow a direct detection of the presence of the template.
- the flanking regions can also serve as priming sites for an amplification reaction, such as PCR.
- the template may also be immobilised on a solid support, such as a bead or matrix material by incorporating a biotin group in the template and subsequent coupling to a streptavidin coated solid support.
- a solid support such as a bead or matrix material by incorporating a biotin group in the template and subsequent coupling to a streptavidin coated solid support.
- Various other immobilisation methods are known to the skilled person, including coupling of the template to an antibody and immobilising the conjugate to a solid support coated with the appropriate antigen.
- the priming site of the template serves the dual purpose of participating in an amplification reaction and as the means for immobilisation.
- the immobilisation can be effected, e.g. by treatment of the template comprising the priming site with a solid support comprising oligonucleotide sequences complementary to the priming site.
- the first functional entity is covalently attached to the template.
- the covalent attachment of the reactive group usually entails that the template-directed molecule is formed at or in the vicinity of said reactive group.
- the final template-directed molecule is thus covalently attached to the template which directed and encoded the synthesis thereof.
- high stringency conditions for a selection procedure may be used without the risk of separating the template-directed molecule from the template.
- the first functional entity is non-covalently attached to the template.
- the non-covalently attachment involves hydrogen bonds and hydrophobic interaction.
- the non-covalent attachment involves a hybridisation reaction between oligonucleotides or a part thereof.
- the functional entity is attached to a sequence of nucleotides, which complements a sequence of nucleotides of the template.
- the complementing sequence having attached the reactive group can serve as an anchor, i.e. to tie the nascent template-directed molecule to the template.
- the complementing sequence of the anchor has an annealing temperature higher than each of the building blocks to ensure attachment of the anchor even under condition which detaches the building blocks.
- the first functional entity such as a scaffold
- the first functional entity may be linked to the template through a selectively cleavable linker, which enables the separation of the template-directed molecule from the template at a time decided by the experimenter.
- the first functional entity generally comprises a reactive group.
- the reactive group can be a part of a nascent template-directed molecule which, possibly in amended form, appears in the final templated molecule.
- the reactive group can also be a part of a scaffold, such as a molecular entity comprising more than one reactive group.
- the reactive group may be in a pro-form that has to be activated before the method of the invention is initiated.
- a functional entity or scaffold comprising the reactive group(s) may be varied.
- the first part of the molecular affinity pair is usually arranged between the active codon and a functional entity or a nascent templated molecule covalently connected or connected by hybridisation to the template to provide for a closer proximity between the reactive groups. More preferred, the first part of the molecular affinity pair is arranged proximal relative to the template reactive group.
- the second part of the molecular affinity pair is positioned in the building block.
- the second part of the molecular affinity pair may be dispensed with in the event the codon to which the building block is attached to is close to the template reactive group, or expressed in another way, the anti-codon of the building block may be at least partly identical to the second part of the molecular affinity pair.
- Building blocks having anti-codons intended to interact with codons distal to the template reactive group, such as a scaffold comprise as a section of the linker the second part of the molecular affinity pair.
- the term "distal" is to be understood as the case in which the active codon, i.e. the codon hybridised to the anti-codon of the building block, is interspaced relative to the template reactive group with one or more inactive codon(s).
- the second part of the molecular affinity pair in the linker of the building block is preferably arranged proximal to the functional entity to increase the proximity between the building block reactive group and the template reactive group. More preferred the second part of the molecular affinity pair is spaced from the nucleotide carrying the functional entity by 0 to two nucleotides.
- oligonucleotide it is within the capability of the skilled person in the art to construct the desired design of an oligonucleotide.
- a specific annealing temperature it is a standard procedure to suggest appropriate compositions of nucleic acid monomers and the length thereof.
- the construction of an appropriate design may be assisted by software, such as Vector NTI Suite or the public database at the internet address http://www.nwfsc.noaa.gov/protocols/oligoTMcalc.html.
- the conditions which allow specific hybridisation of the codons and the anti-codons are influenced by a number of factors including temperature, salt concentration, type of buffer, and acidity. It is within the capabilities of the person skilled in the art to select appropriate conditions to ensure that the contacting between the templates and the building blocks are performed at hybridisation conditions.
- the temperature at which two single stranded oligonucleotides forms a duplex is referred to as the annealing temperature or the melting temperature.
- the melting curve is usually not sharp indicating that the annealing occurs over a temperature range.
- the second derivative of the melting curve is used herein to indicate the melting temperature.
- the functional entity of the building block serves the function of being a precursor for the structural entity eventually incorporated into the templated molecule. Therefore, when it in the present application with claims it is stated that a functional entity is transferred to a nascent template-directed molecule it is to be understood that not necessarily all the atoms of the original functional entity is to be found in the eventually formed template-directed molecule. Also, as a consequence of the reactions involved in the connection, the structure of the functional entity can be changed when it appears on the nascent templated molecule. Especially, the cleavage resulting in the release of the functional entity may generate a reactive group which in a subsequent step can participate in the formation of a connection between a nascent templated molecule and a functional entity.
- the functional entity of the building block comprises at least one reactive group capable of participating in a reaction which results in a connection between the functional entity of the building block and the part of the template or complementing element hybridised to the template carrying the template reactive group.
- the connection is aided by one or more reactive groups of the functional entity.
- the number of reactive groups which appear on the functional entity is suitably one to ten.
- a building block featuring only one reactive group is used i.a. in the end positions of polymers, whereas building blocks having two reactive groups are suitable for the formation of the body part of a polymer or scaffolds capable of being reacted further. Two or more reactive groups intended for the formation of connections, are typically present on scaffolds.
- a scaffold may be a core structure, which forms the basis for the creation of multiple variants.
- the variant forms of the scaffold is typically formed through reaction of reactive groups of the scaffold with reactive groups of other building blocks, optionally mediated by fill-in groups or catalysts, under the creation of a connection between the entities.
- the functional entities to be connected to the scaffold may contain one, two or several reactive groups able to form connections.
- the reactive group of the building block may be capable of forming a direct connection to a reactive group of another building block, nascent templated molecule or a template reactive site.
- an indirect connection is formed using a bridging fill-in group.
- the optional cleavage according to step f) can be performed in any appropriate way.
- the cleavage involves usage of a reagent or and enzyme.
- the cleavage results in a transfer of the further functional entity to the nascent template-directed molecule or in a transfer of the nascent template-directed molecule to the functional entity of the building block.
- the new chemical groups may be used for further reaction in a subsequent cycle, either directly or after having been activated. In other cases it is desirable that no trace of the linker remains after the cleavage.
- connection and the cleavage is conducted as a simultaneous reaction, i.e. either the functional entity of the building block or the nascent template-directed molecule is a leaving group of the reaction.
- a simultaneous reaction i.e. either the functional entity of the building block or the nascent template-directed molecule is a leaving group of the reaction.
- the simultaneous connection and cleavage can also be designed such that either no trace of the linker remains or such that a new chemical group for further reaction is introduced, as described above.
- At least one linker remains intact after the cleavage step.
- the at least one linker will link the nascent template-directed molecule to the template that directed the synthesis thereof.
- the method essentially involves the transfer of functional entities to a scaffold or an evolving polymer, the eventually scaffolded molecule or the polymer may be attached with a selectively cleavable linker.
- the selectively cleavable linker is designed such that it is not cleaved under conditions which result in a transfer of the functional entity to the nascent template-directed molecule.
- the building blocks used in the method according to the present invention may be designed in accordance with the particular entities involved in the building block.
- the anti-codon may be attached to the second part of the molecular affinity pair with a polyethylene glycol (PEG) linker and the functional entity may be directly attached to the second part of the molecular affinity pair.
- the anti-codon, the linker and the second part of the molecular affinity pair is a contiguous linear oligonucleotide.
- the attachment of the functional entity to the linker is preferably at a terminal nucleotide or a nucleotide 1 or two nucleotides down the oligonucleotide.
- the attachment of the functional entity can be at any entity available for attachment, i.e. the functional entity can be attached to a nucleotide of the oligonucleotide at the nucleobase, or the back bone. In general, it is preferred to attach the functional entity at the phosphor of the internucleoside linkage or at the nucleobase.
- a reactive group of the functional entity is attached to the linker oligonucleotide.
- the reactive group is preferably of a type which is able to create a connection to the the nascent template-directed molecule by either direct reaction between the respective reactive groups or by using a suitable fill-in group.
- the reactive group coupling the functional entity with the linker is preferably cleaved simultaneously with the establishment of the connection.
- the functional entity may in some cases contain a second reactive group able to be involved in the formation of a connection in a subsequent cycle.
- the second reactive group may be of a type which needs activation before it is capable of participating in the formation of a connection.
- the oligonucleotide linker may be distanced from the the functional entity by a spacer moiety.
- the spacer may be designed such that the conformational spaced sampled by the reactive group is optimized for a reaction with a reactive group of a nascent template-directed molecule.
- the design of building blocks comprising the anti-codon may be aimed at obtaining annealing temperatures in a specific range for all or some of the building block:template hybrids to ensure that the anti-codons have been annealed to the template before the functional entities are connected to each other through a chemical reaction.
- the building blocks anneals to the template with essentially the same affinity it is necessary to add the building blocks in each cycle, i.e. the contacting of the building blocks with the template involves separate addition of the individual building blocks.
- the building blocks are designed such that the building block to be added to the template in the first cycle has an annealing temperature lower than the subsequent building blocks.
- a temperature for the connection step in a second or subsequent step which is higher the previous step it is possible to have only the intended building blocks annealed to the template, while the majority of previous spent or non-reacted building blocks will be single stranded.
- a recovery step may be used between each cycle to enrich the number of single stranded template available for annealing to a subsequent building block.
- the recovery step may involve the incorporation of biotin in the building block oligonucleotide and separation of the building blocks from the template using steptavidin coated beads at a temperature above the annealing temperature, as described elsewhere herein.
- the parts of the molecular affinity pair are separated to allow for a subsequent building block to interact with the first part of the zipping domain.
- the cleavage step may be performed after the separation of the molecular affinity pair.
- the parts of the affinity pair may be separated by increasing stringency, e.g. by increasing the temperature.
- the second part of the affinity pair carried by the building block can be degraded enzymatically or chemically as disclosed below.
- the anti-codon may remain annealed to the template during a subsequent cycle. However, it is in general preferred to remove the anti-codon of a reacted building block not harbouring the nascent template-directed molecule from the template prior to repetition of steps d) to g).
- the absence of the annealed anti-codon makes it possible to incorporate universal bases in the linker to obtain an affinity between the linker and the inactive previous used codons.
- the anti-codon can be removed using various techniques, such as separation from the template by increasing the stringency, typically by raising the temperature; partly or fully enzymatical digestion; or chemical degradation.
- the approach using increasing the stringency is the most simple to apply. However, in the event reannealing can occur or selective removal of the anti-codon is desired, it can be contemplated to use enzymatic or chemical approaches or a mixture thereof.
- a method for removal of spent building blocks, non-reacted building blocks and excess building blocks involves the incorporation of biotin or a simlar small molecule and withdrawal of said building block using the adherence between biotin and avidine or streptavidine on coated beads. More specifically, biotin is incorporated in the building block during the synthesis thereof. Following the transfer or alternatively the cleavage step of the invention, the mixture is treated with beads coated with streptavidin under conditions which allow for the coupling of streptavidin to biotin. Subsequently, the temperature is increased above the annealing temperature of the building block:template hybrid and the mixture is subjected to increased gravity, e.g by spinning in a centrifuge.
- the supernatant will then comprise the template liberated from the building blocks.
- An alternative to the biotin-streptavidin coupling is the formation of a S-S bridge.
- the oligonucleotide comprising the anti-codon is provided with a -SH group, such as a reduced product of the C6 S-S thiol modifier (Glen Research# 10-1936-90).
- the -SH group of the building block can be coupled to another-SH group on a solid support under oxidising conditions and the building block can be removed together with the solid support by spinning if the solid material is a bead or by eluation if the solid support is a solid phase matrix of a column.
- the template can be provided as a single stranded oligonucleotide and the anti-codon can be a single cognate RNA strand.
- the DNA:RNA duplex can then be degraded with an enzyme selected from RNAseH, RNAseA, RNAse 1.
- the RNA part of the RNA:DNA duplex can be degraded chemically by treatment under weak alkaline conditions (pH 9-10), or with aqueous Pb(Ac) 2 .
- the linker may be cleaved with iodine. Therefore, according to this approach, an oligonucleotide template, such as a DNA or RNA template having hybridised thereto a DNA or RNA anti-codon comprising a thiophospate in the internucleoside linker can be treated with aqueous iodine or iodoethanol to cleave the anti-codon.
- an oligonucleotide template such as a DNA or RNA template having hybridised thereto a DNA or RNA anti-codon comprising a thiophospate in the internucleoside linker can be treated with aqueous iodine or iodoethanol to cleave the anti-codon.
- a strand may be cleaved in a duplex if a DNA monomer contains a uracil nucleobase by first treating the duplex with uracil-glycosylase to remove the uracil moiety and subsequently treating with weak acid.
- Yet another approach involves the inclusion of methyl phosphonate in the internucleoside linker and cleavage of the linker using piperidine, e.g. by treatment at 37°C for an hour with a piperidine concentration of 100mM.
- the various methods of removal of the anti-codon from the template can be used in the selectively degradation of anti-codons.
- the advantage of selective degradation is especially apparent when the nascent template-directed molecule as well as the building block is encoded for by the template.
- a scaffold is coded for by the template and building blocks are sequentially incorporated.
- the affinity is relatively weak because only hydrogen bondings and hydrophobic interactions tight the parts together. Therefore, in an aspect of the invention, the complementing element finally harbouring the templated molecule, may be attached to the template through a complementing element:template hybrid having a higher annealing temperature than the other codon:anti-codon hybrids of the template.
- the templated molecule is connected with the template which directed the syntheses thereof via a covalent link.
- the covalent link may be in addition to the hydrogen bondings or the covalent link may be a substitution. The presence of a covalent link allows for a more harsh chemical treatment of the complex.
- the covalent link is selectively cleavable to provide for a separation of the templated molecule from the complementary template.
- the method according to the invention may, as a further step, involve the transfer of the templated molecule to an anchorage point on the template, or a sequence complementing the template, to establish an effective chemical connection between the template and the templated molecule.
- An effective coupling of the templated molecule to the template or a sequence complementary to the template can be desirable to allow for denaturing enrichment conditions or denaturing post-templating modification of the manufactured molecule.
- the anchorage may involve the presence of a reactive group on the templated molecule and a reaction partner on the template, whereby the reaction between these reactive groups will establish a covalent link.
- the anchorage point may be present on a complementary sequence hybridised to the template.
- the complementing sequence has a higher annealing temperature than one or more of the building blocks, notably the terminal building block, to enable usage of a higher stringency during enrichment and, optionally, clearance of used building blocks.
- the present invention also relates to a library of bifunctional complexes.
- the library is composed of a plurality of different complexes, such as at least 10 3 , 10 6 , 10 9 , 10 12 , or 10 15 different complexes.
- the plurality of different complexes is produced by initially providing a plurality of different templates as well as a plurality of building blocks. Each of the anti-codons of the building blocks is adapted so as to be capable of interacting with at least one codon of at least one template.
- the plurality of different templates is simultaneously subjected to the method described herein above.
- the propagation part of the method may be repeated a desired number of times to evolve the templated molecule. Each repetition of the propagation is initiated by contacting the templates with a new subset of further building blocks.
- the various different templates of the present invention are conveniently constructed to follow a general scheme.
- a number of coding sections are provided on the template.
- each of the coding sections specifies one or more unique codons.
- a specific template comprises a given number of unique codons.
- the plurality of templates can, taken as a whole, be characterized as a library comprising the total amount of the different combinations of unique codons possible, or any subset thereof.
- the coding sections are suitable positioned in a linear sequence, such that the individual coding sections are positioned immediately next to each other, optionally, interspaced by a spacer sequence. In some embodiments, it may be of advantage to use a branched template to ensure proximity of reactive groups, the introduction of catalysts in the vicinity of the reactive groups or the introduction of as third reactant.
- the unique codons of the templates are preferably composed of a sequence of nucleic acid monomers, such as nucleotides. Each codon is preferably unique in the sense that within the same coding section no other codons have an identical sequence and length of nucleic acid monomers. Preferably, a unique codon does not have a corresponding sequence anywhere in the plurality of templates. To avoid hybridisation between individual templates it is also desirable to design each of the unique codons such that the complementary sequence thereof does not exist on any other templates.
- the number of coding sections may be selected in accordance with inter alia the number of the desired final templated compounds, the building blocks available and the envisaged structure of the templated compound. According to the invention the number of coding regions is preferably at least 3 to achieve the desired diversity. The upper limit for the number of coding regions has not yet been elucidated; however it is believed that a number exceeding 100 may give practical problems. Generally, it is preferred to use templates having between 2 and 50 coding regions, more preferably between 3 and 30 and still more preferred between 4 and 15.
- the number of unique codons may be selected according to the need for diversity.
- the number of unique codons in each of the coding regions may be similar or different.
- the number of unique codons can be as low as one. This may be the choice when a specific molecular entity is wanted in the evolving templated molecule.
- the upper limit for the number of unique codons may be chosen quit high as long as specific hybridisation of oligonucleotides of the anti-codons to their complements on the templates occurs.
- An example of an upper limit may be 10,000, but may be chosen below this limit or above according to the need.
- each coding region specifies 30 unique codons. If each of the unique codons only can be present once on the template, at least 120 different building blocks have to be provided.
- the plurality of templates and the building blocks may be used for the generation of a 4-mer compound, such as an alpha or beta peptide.
- a larger library of 10 10 complexes may be prepared starting from templates having 5 coding regions and 100 unique codons within each coding region.
- the library may be used for a variety of applications, including the search for compounds for use in therapeutic or diagnostic methods and plant protection compounds, like pesticides, fungicides ect.
- the library may comprise any number of complexes according to the invention.
- an enrichment of a library of complexes comprising templated molecules with respect to a predetermined activity comprises the steps of:
- the amplification of the complexes of the enriched library comprises the steps of contacting the library of complexes with amplification means, amplifying the templates or the complementing templates, and conducting the method according to the invention using the amplification product as templates.
- the amplification means can be any of the nucleic acid amplification means suitable for the amplification of the template, such as PCR.
- the amplification of the complex comprises a 10 1 to 10 15 -fold amplification.
- the steps ii) and iii) are repeated at least 2, 3, 5 times, such as at least 10 times, such as at least 15 times.
- the complexes may be identified after the completion of each cycle or may be only be identified after the last cycle. There is no explicit need for intermediate identifications as the amplification can be performed without knowing the sequence of the template or a sequence complementing the template, if the template or the complement thereof is provided with suitable primer regions.
- the identification after the enrichment process involves the determination of the sequence of the template and/or the structural determination of the templated molecule and/or the entire complex having the predetermined activity.
- the conditions enriching the library comprise contacting a binding partner to the templated molecules of interest.
- the binding partner may be in solution or may be directly or indirectly immobilised on a support.
- the enrichment is in general performed using an affinity or activity assay.
- the enrichment is conducted by screening for complexes having an affinity for - or an effect on - a target molecule or a target entity.
- the enrichment is conducted by selection for catalytic activity.
- the conditions enriching the library involve any one or more of electrophoretic separation, gelfiltration, immunoprecipitation, isoelectric focusing, centrifugation, and immobilization.
- the enrichment process can involve cells.
- the conditions enriching the library comprise providing cells capable of internalising the templated molecule, or performing an interaction with the templated molecule having the desired predetermined activity.
- the templated molecule can be obtained from the complex by cleaving the linker(s) of the one or more building blocks to release the templated molecule from the template.
- the nucleotides used in the present invention may be linked together in an oligonucleotide.
- Each nucleotide monomer is normally composed of two parts, namely a nucleobase moiety, and a backbone.
- the back bone may in some cases be subdivided into a sugar moiety and a internucleoside linker.
- nucleobase moiety may be selected among naturally occurring nucleobases as well as non-naturally occurring nucleobases. It should be clear to the person skilled in the art that various nucleobases which previously have been considered “non-naturally occurring” have subsequently been found in nature. Thus, “nucleobase” includes not only the known purine and pyrimidine hetero-cycles, but also heterocyclic analogues and tautomers thereof.
- nucleobases are adenine, guanine, thymine, cytosine, uracil, purine, xanthine, diaminopurine, 8-oxo-N 6 -methyladenine, 7-deazaxanthine, 7-deazaguanine, N 4 ,N 4 -ethanocytosin, N 6 ,N 6 -ethano-2,6-diamino-purine, 5-methylcytosine, 5-(C 3 -C 6 )-alkynylcytosine, 5-fluorouracil, 5-bromouracil, pseudoisocytosine, 2-hydroxy-5-methyl-4-triazolopyridine, isocytosine, isoguanine, inosine and the "non-naturally occurring" nucleobases described in Benner et al., U.S.
- nucleobase is intended to cover every and all of these examples as well as analogues and tautomers thereof.
- Especially interesting nucleobases are adenine, guanine, thymine, cytosine, 5-methylcytosine, and uracil, which are considered as the naturally occurring nucleobases in relation to therapeutic and diagnostic application in humans.
- backbone units are shown below (B denotes a nucleobase):
- the sugar moiety of the backbone is suitably a pentose but may be the appropriate part of an PNA or a six-member ring.
- Suitable examples of possible pentoses include ribose, 2'-deoxyribose, 2'-O-methyl-ribose, 2'-flour-ribose, and 2'-4'-O-methylene-ribose (LNA).
- the nucleobase is attached to the 1' position of the pentose entity.
- internucleoside linker connects the 3' end of preceding monomer to a 5' end of a succeeding monomer when the sugar moiety of the backbone is a pentose, like ribose of 2'-deoxyribose.
- the internucleoside linkage may be the natural occurring phospodiester linkage or a derivative thereof. Examples of such derivatives include phosphorothioate, methylphosphonate, phosphoramidate, phosphotriester, and phosphodithioate.
- the internucleoside linker can be any of a number of non-phosphorous-containing linkers known in the art.
- Preferred nucleic acid monomers include naturally occurring nucleosides forming part of the DNA as well as the RNA family connected through phosphodiester linkages.
- the members of the DNA family include deoxyadenosine, deoxyguanosine, deoxythymidine, and deoxycytidine.
- the members of the RNA family include adenosine, guanosine, uridine, cytidine, and inosine.
- Inosine is a non-specific pairing nucleoside and may be used as universal base as discussed above because inosine can pair nearly isoenergetically with A, T, and C.
- Each codon is complemented by an anti-codon.
- the anticodon has the ability specifically to engage with the codon which it complements.
- the affinity between the codon and the complementing anti-codon is affected through hydrogen bondings following the well-known Watson-Crick base pairing system.
- the anti-codon may be composed of the same kind of nucleic acid monomers as the codon itself.
- the functional entity may comprise one or more functional groups, i.e. groups which eventually form part of the templated molecule.
- the templated molecule may comprise one or more of the following functional groups either alone or in combination:
- Reactive groups relates among other things to groups which form part of the functional entity and are capable of participating in a reaction that forms a connection, either directly or via a suitable bridging molecular entity. Examples of reactive groups are listed below:
- Selection or screening, commonly referred to as enrichment, of the library of complexes comprising templated molecules with respect to desired activities may be performed according to any standard protocol.
- affinity selections may be performed according to the principles used for phage displayed, polysome-displayed or mRNA-protein fusion displayed peptides.
- Selection for catalytic activity may be performed by affinity selections on transition-state analogue affinity columns ( Baca et al. , Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci USA. 1997; 94(19):10063-8 ), or by function-based selection schemes ( Pedersen et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA. 1998, 95(18):10523-8 ).
- Screening for a desired characteristic may be performed according to standard microtiter plate-based assays, or by FACS-sorting assays.
- affinity selections involve the immobilisation of a target or a binding partner on a solid support, such as a column. Subsequently, the complex manufactured according to the invention is added to the column under conditions allowing a part of the complexes to bind to the target. The complexes not bound to the target is eluted out of the column and discharged. The part of the complexes attached to the target may be amplified using the template associated with the templated molecule.
- oligonucleotides can be amplified by any state of the art method. These methods include, but is not limited to the polymerase chain reaction (PCR); as wells as e.g. nucleic acid sequence-based amplification (e.g. Compton, Nature 350, 91-92 (1991 )), amplified anti-sense RNA (e.g. van Gelder et al., PNAS 85: 77652-77656 (1988 )); self-sustained sequence replication system (e.g. Gnatelli et al., PNAS 87: 1874-1878 (1990 )); polymerase independent amplification as described in e.g.
- PCR polymerase chain reaction
- nucleic acid sequence-based amplification e.g. Compton, Nature 350, 91-92 (1991 )
- amplified anti-sense RNA e.g. van Gelder et al., PNAS 85: 77652-77656 (1988 )
- Ligase-mediated amplification methods may also be used, e.g., LCR (Ligase Chain Reaction).
- non-natural nucleotides the choices of efficient amplification procedures are fewer.
- non-natural nucleotides per definition can be incorporated by certain enzymes including polymerases, it will be possible to perform manual polymerase chain reaction by adding the polymerase during each extension cycle.
- oligonucleotides containing nucleotide analogs For oligonucleotides containing nucleotide analogs, fewer methods for amplification exist. One may use non-enzyme mediated amplification schemes ( Schmidt et al., NAR 25: 4797-4802 (1997 )). For backbone-modified oligonucleotide analogs such as PNA and LNA, this amplification method may be used. Before or during amplification the templates or complementing templates may be mutagenized or recombined in order to create a larger diversity for the next round of selection or screening.
- the method according to the invention is conducted using the amplification product as the templates.
- the result is a reduced or enriched library of complexes of a template attached to a template molecule.
- the selection and amplification steps may be repeated if considered necessary to further enrich the library.
- the binding step involving the target and the complexes is preferably performed under more strict conditions ensuring that only a part of the complexes adhere to the target.
- the enrichment cycles may be performed 2 to 15 times or even more with enrichment in each cycle of 10 to 1000 times.
- the starting library amounts to 10 14 complexes.
- the complex with the highest affinity to the target should, theoretically, be obtained.
- the template contains natural nucleotides
- it is a standard routine to optionally PCR amplify the isolated templates if the template is an RNA molecule, it is necessary to use reverse transcriptase to produce cDNA prior to the PCR-amplification), and then clone the DNA fragments into for example plasmids, transform these and then sequence individual plasmid-clones containing one or multiple tandem DNA sequences.
- Sequencing can be done by the standard dideoxy chain termination method, or by more classical means such as Maxam-Gilbert sequencing.
- the template contains non-natural nucleotides, it may not be feasible to clone individual sequences by transfer through a microbial host.
- bead populations where each bead carries one oligonucleotide sequence, it is possible to clone in vitro, where after all the nucleotides attached to a specific bead may be optionally amplified and then sequenced ( Brenner et al., 2000, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 97, 1665-1670 ).
- one may dilute the population of isolates adequately, and then aliquot into microtiter plates so that the wells on average contain for example 0.1 templates.
- By amplifying the single templates by for example PCR it will now be possible to sequence using standard methods. Of course, this requires that the non-natural nucleotides are substrates for the thermostable polymerase used in the PCR.
- the starting template may be designed so as to contain restriction sites on either side of the encoding/templating region of the template.
- the templates can be restricted, to obtain a short oligonucleotide encoding the templated molecule, and then these short oligonucleotides can be applied to various analytical procedures.
- the population of isolates may also be desirable to sequence the population of isolates as a pool, for example if the sequences are expected to be in register, for example because the initial library consisted of a degenerate sequence based on a polymer sequence with a known (relatively high) desired activity. Therefore, it is then expected that all the isolates have sequences similar to the initial sequence of the templates before selection. Thus, the population of isolates can be sequenced as a whole, to obtain a consensus sequence for the population as a whole.
- the present invention is also directed to approaches that allow selection of small molecules capable of binding to different targets.
- the template-displaying molecule technology contains a built-in function for direct selection and amplification.
- the binding of the selected molecule should be selective in that they only coordinate to a specific target and thereby prevent or induce a specific biological effect.
- these binding molecules should be possible to use e.g. as therapeutic agents, or as diagnostic agents.
- Template-displaying molecule libraries can easily be combined with screenings, selections, or assays to assess the effect of binding of a molecule ligand on the function of the target.
- the template-displaying method provides a rapid means for isolating and identifying molecule ligands which bind to supra-molecular, macro-supra-molecular, macro-molecular and low-molecular structures (e.g. nucleic acids and proteins, including enzymes, receptors, antibodies, and glycoproteins); signal molecules (e.g. cAMP, inositol triphosphate, peptides, prostaglandins); and surfaces ( e.g. metal, plastic, composite, glass, ceramics, rubber, skin, tissue).
- supra-molecular, macro-supra-molecular, macro-molecular and low-molecular structures e.g. nucleic acids and proteins, including enzymes, receptors, antibodies, and glycoproteins
- signal molecules e.g. cAMP, inos
- selection or partitioning in this context means any process whereby the template-displaying molecule complex bound to a target molecule, i.e. the complex-target pair, can be separated from template-displaying molecules not bound to the target molecule. Selection can be accomplished by various methods known in the art.
- the selection strategy can be carried out so it allows selection against almost any target. Importantly, no steps in this selection strategy need any detailed structural information of the target or the molecules in the libraries. The entire process is driven by the binding affinity involved in the specific recognition/coordination of the molecules in the library to a given target. However, in some applications, if needed, functionality can also be included analogous to selection for catalytic activity using phage display ( Soumillion et al. (1994) J. Mol. Biol. 237: 415-22 ; Pedersen et al. (1998) PNAS. 18: 10523-10528 ). Example of various selection procedures are described below.
- This built-in template-displaying molecule selection process is well suited for optimizations, where the selection steps are made in series starting with the selection of binding molecules and ends with the optimized binding molecule.
- the single procedures in each step are possible to automate using various robotic systems. This is because there is a sequential flow of events and where each event can be performed separately.
- a suitable template-displaying molecule library and the target molecule are supplied to a fully automatic system which finally generates the optimized binding molecule. Even more preferably, this process should run without any need of external work outside the robotic system during the entire procedure.
- the libraries of template-displayed molecules will contain molecules that could potentially coordinate to any known or unknown target.
- the region of binding on a target could be into a catalytic site of an enzyme, a binding pocket on a receptor (e.g. GPCR), a protein surface area involved in protein-protein interaction (especially a hot-spot region), and a specific site on DNA ( e.g. the major groove).
- the template-displaying molecule technology will primarily identify molecules that coordinate to the target molecule.
- the natural function of the target could either be stimulated (agonized) or reduced (antagonized) or be unaffected by the binding of the template-displaying molecules. This will be dependent on the precise binding mode and the particular binding-site the template-displaying molecules occupy on the target.
- the template-displaying molecule technology of the invention will permit selection procedures analogous to other display methods such as phage display ( Smith (1985) Science 228: 1315-1317 ). Phage display selection has been used successfully on peptides ( Wells & Lowman. (1992) Curr. Op. Struct. Biol. 2, 597-604 ) proteins ( Marks et al. (1992) J. Biol. Chem. 267: 16007-16010 ) and antibodies ( Winter et al. (1994) Annu. Rev. Immunol. 12: 433-455 ). Similar selection procedures are also exploited for other types of display systems such as ribosome display ( Mattheakis et al. (1994) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 91: 9022-9026 ) and mRNA display ( Roberts, et al. (1997) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 94: 12297-302 ).
- the linkage between the templated molecule (displayed molecule) and DNA replication unit (coding template) allows an identification of binding molecules using various selection strategies.
- This invention allows a broad strategy in identifying binding molecules against essentially any known target.
- this technology will also allow discovery of novel unknown targets by isolating binding molecules against unknown antigens (epitopes) and use these binding molecules for identification and validation.
- selection of binding molecules from the template-displaying molecule libraries can be performed in any format to identify optimal binding molecules.
- a typical selection procedure against a purified target will include the following major steps: Generation of a template-displaying molecule library: Immobilization of the target molecule using a suitable immobilization approach; Adding the library to allow binding of the template-displayed molecules; Removing of the non-binding template-displayed molecules; Elution of the template-displayed molecules bound to the immobilized target; Amplification of enriched template-displaying molecules for identification by sequencing or to input for the next round of selection.
- the general steps are schematically shown in Figure 12 .
- a standard selection protocol using a template-displaying molecule library is to use the bio-panning method.
- the target e.g. protein or peptide conjugate
- the template-displayed molecules that potentially coordinate to the target are the ones that are selected and enriched.
- the selection procedure requires that the bound template-displayed molecules can be separated from the unbound ones, i.e. those in solution. There are many ways in which this might be accomplished as known to ordinary skilled in the art.
- the first step in the affinity enrichment cycle is when the template-displayed molecules showing low affinity for an immobilized target are washed away, leaving the strongly binding template-displayed molecules attached to the target.
- the enriched population, remaining bound to the target after the stringent washing, is then eluted with, e.g. acid, chaotropic salts, heat, competitive elution with the known ligand or proteolytic release of the target/template molecules.
- the eluted template-displayed molecules are suitable for PCR, leading to many orders of amplification, i.e. every single template-displayed molecule enriched in the first selection round participates in the further rounds of selection at a greatly increased copy number.
- Immobilisation of the target (peptide, protein, DNA or other antigen) on beads might be useful where there is doubt that the target will adsorb to the tube (e.g. unfolded targets eluted from SDS-PAGE gels).
- the derivatised beads can then be used to select from the template-displaying molecules, simply by sedimenting the beads in a bench centrifuge. Alternatively, the beads can be used to make an affinity column and the template-displaying libraries suspension recirculated through the column.
- There are many reactive matrices available for immobilizing the target molecule including for instance attachment to -NH 2 groups and -SH groups.
- Magnetic beads are essentially a variant on the above; the target is attached to magnetic beads which are then used in the selection.
- Activated beads are available with attachment sites for -NH 2 or -COOH groups (which can be used for coupling).
- the target can be also be blotted onto nitrocellulose or PVDF. When using a blotting strategy, it is important to make sure the strip of blot used is blocked after immobilization of the target (e.g. with BSA or similar protein).
- the selection or partitioning can also be performed using for example: Immunoprecipitation or indirect immunoprecipitation were the target molecule is captured together with template-displaying binding molecules; affinity column chromatography were the target is immobilized on a column and the template-displaying libraries are flowed through to capture target-binding molecules; gel-shift (agarose or polyacrylamide) were the selected template-displaying molecules migrate together with the target in the gel; FACS sorting to localize cells that coordinates template-displaying molecules; CsCl gradient centrifugation to isolate the target molecule together template-displaying binding molecules; Mass spectroscopy to identify target molecules which are labelled with template-displaying molecules; etc., without limitation.
- any method where the template-displaying molecule/target complex can be separated from template-displaying molecules not bound to the target is useful.
- Table 1 Examples of selection method possible to use to identify binding molecules using the template-displaying technology.
- Type of Target Method of choice Soluble receptors Direct immobilization, Immunoprecipitation, affinity column, FACS sorting, MS. Cell surface receptor Cell-surface subtraction selection, FACS sorting, Affinity column. Enzyme inhibitors Direct immobilization, lmmunoprecipitation, affinity column, FACS sorting, MS. Surface epitopes Cell-surface subtraction selection, in-vivo selection, FACS sorting, Affinity column.
- Elution of template-displayed molecules can be performed in different ways.
- the binding molecules can be released from the target molecule by denaturation, acid, or chaotropic salts and then transferred to another vial for amplification.
- the elution can be more specific to reduce the background.
- Elution can be accomplished using proteolysis to cleave a linker between the target and the immobilizing surface or between the displaying molecule and the template.
- elution can be accomplished by competition with a known ligand.
- the PCR reaction can be performed directly in the washed wells at the end of the selection reaction.
- a possible feature of the invention is the fact that the binding molecules need not be elutable from the target to be selectable since only the encoding template DNA is needed for further amplification or cloning, not the binding molecule itself. It is known that some selection procedure can bind the most avid ligands so tightly as to be very difficult to elute. However the method of the invention can successfully be practiced to yield avid ligands, even covalent binding ligands.
- Alternative selection protocol includes a known ligand as fragment of each displayed molecule in the library. That known ligand will guide the selection by coordinate to a defined part on the target molecule and focus the selection to molecules that binds to the same region. This could be especially useful for increasing the affinity for a ligand with a desired biological function but with a too low potency.
- a further aspect of the present invention relates to methods of increasing the diversity or complexity of a single or a mixture of selected binding molecules.
- the enriched molecules can be altered to further increase the chemical diversity or complexity of the displayed molecules. This can be performed using various methods known to the art. For example, using synthesized randomized oligonucleotides, spiked oligonucleotides or random mutagenesis. The randomization can be focused to allow preferable codons or localized to a predetermined portion or sub-sequence of the template nucleotide sequence.
- the cells particle themselves can be used as the selection agent.
- cells lacking the specific target should be used to do one or more rounds of negative selection or be present in large excess in the selection process.
- irrelevant template-displayed molecules are removed.
- the negative selection would be against the untransformed cells.
- This approach is also called subtraction selection and has successfully been used for phage display on antibody libraries ( Hoogenboom et al. (1998) Immunotech. 4: 1-20 ).
- a specific example of a selection procedure can involve selection against cell surface receptors that become internalized from the membrane so that the receptor together with the selected binding molecule can make its way into the cell cytoplasm or cell nucleus. Depending on the dissociation rate constant for specific selected binding molecules, these molecules largely reside after uptake in either the cytoplasm or the nucleus.
- the selection process can be performed in any setup where the target is used as the bait onto which the template-displaying molecules can coordinate.
- the selection methods of the present invention can be combined with secondary selection or screening to identify molecule ligands capable of modifying target molecule function upon binding.
- the methods described herein can be employed to isolate or produce binding molecules which bind to and modify the function of any protein or nucleic acid.
- the method of the present invention can be employed to identify, isolate or produce binding molecules which will affect catalytic activity of target enzymes, i.e ., inhibit catalysis or modifying substrate binding, affect the functionality of protein receptors, i.e ., inhibit binding to receptors or modify the specificity of binding to receptors; affect the formation of protein multimers, i.e ., disrupt quaternary structure of protein subunits; and modify transport properties of protein, i.e ., disrupt transport of small molecules or ions by proteins.
- a still further aspect of the present invention relates to methods allowing functionality in the selection process can also be included. For example, when enrichment against a certain target have been performed generation a number of different hits, these hits can then directly be tested for functionality (e.g. cell signalling). This can for example be performed using fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS).
- FACS fluorescence-activated cell sorting
- the altered phenotype may be detected in a wide variety of ways.
- the changed phenotype is detected using, for example: microscopic analysis of cell morphology; standard cell viability assays, including both increased cell death and increased cell viability; standard labelling assays such as fluorometric indicator assays for the presence of level of particular cell or molecule, including FACS or other dye staining techniques; biochemical detection of the expression of target compounds after killing the cells; etc.
- standard labelling assays such as fluorometric indicator assays for the presence of level of particular cell or molecule, including FACS or other dye staining techniques
- biochemical detection of the expression of target compounds after killing the cells etc.
- specific signalling pathways can be probed using various reporter gene constructs.
- Secondary selection methods that can be combined with template-displaying molecule technology include among others selections or screens for enzyme inhibition, alteration or substrate binding, loss of functionality, disruption of structure, etc. Those of ordinary skill in the art are able to select among various alternatives of selection or screening methods that are compatible with the methods described herein.
- the binding molecules of the invention can be selected for other properties in addition to binding, For example, during selection; stability to certain conditions of the desired working environment of the end product can be included as a selection criterion. If binding molecules which are stable in the presence of a certain protease is desired, that protease can be part of the buffer medium used during selection. Similarly, the selection can also be performed in serum or cell extracts or any type of media. As will be understood, when utilizing this template-displaying approach, conditions which disrupt or degrade the template should be avoided to allow amplification. Other desired properties can be incorporated, directly into the displaying molecules as will be understood by those skilled in the art. For example, membrane affinity can be included as a property by employing building blocks with high hydrophobicity.
- Molecules selected by the template-displaying molecule technology can be produced by various synthetic methods. Chemical synthesis can be accomplished since the structure of selected binding molecules is readily obtained form the nucleic acid sequence of the coding template. Chemical synthesis of the selected molecules is also possible because the building blocks that compose the binding molecules are also known in addition to the chemical reactions that assemble them together.
- the selected binding molecules is synthesized and tested in various appropriate in vitro and in vivo testing to verify the selected candidates for biological effects and potency. This may be done in a variety of ways, as will be appreciated by those in the art, and may depend on the composition of the bioactive molecule.
- the present invention provides methods to identify or isolate targets that are involved in pathological processes or other biological events.
- the target molecules are again preferably proteins or nucleic acids, but can also include, among others, carbohydrates and various molecules to which specific molecule ligand binding can be achieved.
- the template-displaying molecule technology could be used to select for specific epitopes on antigens found on cells, tissues or in vivo. These epitopes might belong to a target that is involved in important biological events. In addition, these epitopes might also be involved in the biological function of the target.
- Phage display with antibodies and peptide libraries has been used numerous times successfully in identifying new cellular antigens. (e.g. Pasqualini et al. (1996) Nature 380: 364-366 ; Pasqualini et al. (2000) Cancer Res. 60: 722-727 ; Scheffer et al. (2002) Br J Cancer 86: 954-962 ; Kupsch et al. (1999) Clin Cancer Res. 5: 925-931 ; Tseng-Law et al. (1999) Exp. Hematol. 27: 936-945 ; Gevorkian et al. (1998) Clin. Immunol. Immunopathol. 86: 305-309 ). Especially effective have been selection directly on cells suspected to express cell-specific antigens. Importantly, when selecting for cell-surface antigen, the template molecule can be maintained outside the cell. This will increase the probability that the template molecule will be intact after release for the cell surface.
- template-displayed molecules In vivo selection of template-displayed molecules has tremendous potential. By selecting from libraries of template-displayed molecules in vivo it is possible to isolate molecules capable of homing specifically to normal tissues and other pathological tissues (e.g. tumours). This principle has been illustrated using phage display of peptide libraries ( Pasqualini & Ruoslathi (1996) Nature 280: 364-366 ). This system has also been used in humans to identify peptide motifs that localized to different organs ( Arap et al. (2002) Nat. Med. 2:121-127 ). A similar selection procedure could be used for the template-displaying libraries: The coding DNA in phage display protected effectively by the phage particle allows selection in vivo.
- the stability of the template in vivo will be important for amplification and identification.
- the template can be stabilised using various nucleotide derivatives in a similar way as have been used to stabilise aptamers for in vivo applications ( Nolte (1996) Nature Biotechnol. 14: 1116-1121 ; Pagratis et al. (1997) Nature Biotechnol. 15: 68-72 ).
- Nolte 1996 Nature Biotechnol. 14: 1116-1121 ; Pagratis et al. (1997) Nature Biotechnol. 15: 68-72 .
- Other types of protection are also possible where the template molecule is shielded for the solution using various methods. This could include for example liposomes, pegylation, binding proteins or other sorts of protection.
- the template molecule could also be integrated into another designed structure that protects the template form external manipulation.
- the linker can be design to be incorporated in vesicles to position the templates inside the vesicle and the displaying molecules on the outside. The arrangement will protect the template molecules from external manipulate and at the same time allow exposure of the displaying molecules to permit selection.
- the antibody molecule is a large macromolecule (150 KDa) which will sterically reduce the access for a number of different antigens (e.g. on a cell surface).
- the template-displaying technology should be able to access and recognize epitopes inaccessible to antibodies.
- the small binding molecules will be able to bind into active sites, grooves and other areas on an antigen.
- the coding template element is also smaller that an antibody which will increase the physical access of the template-binding molecule par.
- the diversity and complexity of the template-displaying molecule libraries will be much greater compare to peptide libraries.
- the template-displaying molecule technology has the potential to identify novel antigens which is not possible to identify with antibodies or peptides.
- One of ordinary skill in the art will acknowledge that various types of cells can be used in the selection procedure. It will also be understood that the selection for new antigens can be performed using subtraction methods as described previously.
- Another aspect of the present invention relates to methods to validate the identified target.
- the identified binding molecules can directly be used if they change the biological response of the target. This can be done either in vitro using any direct or cell-based assay or directly in vivo studying any phenotypic response. The strength of this approach is that the same molecules are used both for identification and validation of various targets. Most favourable, the binding molecules could also directly be used as therapeutic agents.
- the template-displaying molecules are used to pull out the target molecules. This can for instance be achieved by selection against a cDNA library expressed on bacteriophage (libraries vs. libraries). By mixing a template-displaying molecule library with a cDNA library it will be possible to find binding pairs between the small molecules in the template-displaying molecule library and proteins from the cDNA library.
- One possibility is to mix a phage display library with a template display library and do a selection for either the phage or template library. The selected library is then plated to localized phage clones and the DNA coding for the phage and template displayed molecules can then be identified using PCR.
- Other types of libraries than cDNA could also be used such as nucleic acids, carbohydrates, synthetic polymer.
- the template-displaying molecule technology can be used to account for in vivo and in vitro drug metabolism. That could include both phase I (activation) and phase II (detoxification) reactions.
- the major classes of reactions are oxidation, reduction, and hydrolysis.
- Other enzymes catalyze conjugations. These enzymes could be used as targets in a selection process to eliminate displayed molecule that are prone to coordinate to these enzymes.
- the templates corresponding to these displayed molecules could subsequently be used to compete or eliminate these molecules when making template-displaying molecule libraries. These obtained libraries will then be free of molecules that will have a tendency of binding to enzymes involved in phase I-II and possible be faster eliminated.
- cytochrome P450 enzymes flavin monooxygenase, monoamine oxidase, esterases, amidases, hydrolases, reductases, dehydrogenases, oxidases UDP-glucuronosyltransferases, glutathione S-transferases as well as other relevant enzymes could be performed to identify these binding molecules that are prone to coordinate to these metabolic enzymes.
- Inhibitors are easily selected for due to their binding affinity but substrates need at least micro molar affinity to be identified.
- Another interesting embodiment of this invention is the possibility to directly select for molecules that passively or actively becomes transported across epithelial plasma membrane, or other membranes.
- One possible selection assay is to use CaCO-2 cells, a human colon epithelial cell line, which is general, accepted as a good model for the epithelial barrier in the gastrointestinal guts.
- the CaCO-2 assay involves growing a human colon epithelial cell line on tissue culture well inserts, such that the resultant monolayer forms a biological barrier between apical and basolateral compartments.
- the template-displaying molecule libraries are placed either side of the cell monolayer and the molecules that can permeate the cell monolayer is collected and amplified. This process can be repeated until active molecules have been identified.
- Other cell line or setup of this assay is possible and is obvious for skill in the art.
- a still further aspect of the present invention relates methods of selecting for stability of the selected molecules. This could be performed by subjecting an enriched pool of binding molecules to an environment that will possibly degrade or change the structure of the binding molecules.
- Various conditions could be certain proteases or a mixture of protease, cell extract, and various fluids from for example the gastrointestinal gut. Other conditions could be various salts or acid milieu or elevated temperature.
- Another possibility is to generate a library of known ligands and subject that library to stability tests and selection to identify stable molecules under certain conditions as describe above.
- the template-displaying molecule technology of the invention may be used for blocking or stimulating various targets.
- a therapeutically relevant target is a substance that is known or suspected to be involved in a regulating process that is malfunctioning and thus leads to a disease state. Examples of such processes are receptor-ligand interaction, transcription-DNA interaction, and cell-cell interaction involving adhesion molecules, cofactor-enzyme interaction, and protein-protein interaction in intracellular signalling.
- Target molecule means any compound of interest for which a molecule ligand is desired.
- target can, for example, include a chemical compound, a mixture of chemical compounds, an array of spatially localized compounds, a biological macromolecule, such as DNA or mRNA, a bacteriophage peptide display library, a ribosome peptide display library, an extract made from biological materials such as bacteria, plants, fungi, or animal (e.g. mammalian) cells or tissue, protein, fusion protein, peptide, enzyme, receptor, receptor ligand, hormone, antigen, antibody, drug, dye, growth factor, lipid, substrate, toxin, virus, or the like etc., without limitation.
- Other examples of targets include, e.g. a whole cell, a whole tissue, a mixture of related or unrelated proteins, a mixture of viruses or bacterial strains or the like. etc., without limitation.
- Therapeutic drug targets can be divided into different classes according to function; receptors, enzymes, hormones, transcription factors, ion channels, nuclear receptors, DNA, ( Drews, J. (2000) Science 287:1960-1964 ).
- receptors, nuclear receptors, and metabolic enzymes constitute overwhelmingly the majority of known targets for existing drugs.
- G Protein-Coupled Receptors (GPCR) constitutes one of the most important classes of drug targets together with proteases for pharmacological intervention.
- the present invention employing the template-displaying molecule technology can be utilized to identify agonists or antagonists for all these classes of drug targets, dependent on the specific properties each target holds. Most of the targets are possible to obtain in a purified form for direct selection procedures. Other targets have to be used when they are in their native environments such as imbedded cell surface receptors. In those situations the selection using the template-displaying molecule libraries can be performed using subtraction-selection described previously.
- One specific application of the template-displaying molecule technology of the invention is to generate molecules that can function as antagonists, where the molecules block the interaction between a receptor and one or more ligands.
- Another application includes cell targeting.
- the generated molecules recognizing specific surface proteins or receptors will be able to bind to certain cell types.
- Such molecules may in addition carry another therapeutic agent to increase the potency and reduce the side-effects (for example cancer treatment).
- Applications involving antiviral agents are also included.
- a generated molecule, which binds strongly to epitopes on the virus particle may be useful as an antiviral agent.
- Another specific application of the template-displaying molecule technology of the invention is to generate molecules that can function as agonists, where the molecules stimulate or activate a receptor to initiate a cellular signalling pathway.
- FIG 13 a schematic drawing of the use of a dimerisation domain in the synthesis of (A) a scaffolded molecule and (B) a polymeric molecule is showed.
- a scaffolded molecule containing in this example four reactive groups of the same kind, Y
- a polymeric molecule one may alternate between the zipper identity, i.e. first building block carries a zipper box ("a"), second building block in the array carries (“b") that dimerize with (“a”), third building block carries ("a”), etc.
- the preferred embodiment shown in Fig. 14 increases the local concentration of the reactive groups X and Y, by bringing X and Y into closer proximity through the dimerization of two zipper boxes.
- three building blocks are shown, each carrying a zipper box, two of which having the same sequence ("a") and one is the complementary sequence ("b").
- the building blocks are annealed to the template at a medium temperature (where the interaction between the zipper boxes is insignificant).
- the temperature is decreased to a lower temperature where two complementary zipper domains ("a" (of the first building block) and "b" (of the second building block)) anneal to each other. This brings X and Y into close proximity, and X and Y may react to form YX.
- the reaction between X and Y involves a transfer of X from the first building block to the second building block carrying Y.
- the temperature is increased to a medium temperature the zipper box dissociates.
- the temperature is then lowered the zipper domain of the second building block may anneal to the zipper box of the third building block (which carries a reactive group X).
- this X may now be transferred to the second building block, as a result of the increased proximity and hence increased reactivity between X and Y.
- each coupled to a oligonucleotide when the two oligos are annealed to neighbouring sites on the same template, the general set-up shown immediately below was used.
- the two oligos contain terminal nucleotides (X, Y, and Z) derivatized with a carboxylic acid or an amine, as described below the figure.
- cross-linking After reaction ("cross-linking") of the reactive groups on the termini of the two oligos, the cross-linking efficiency was analyzed by polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis, as the two oligos become coupled as a result of this cross-linking, and therefore migrate slower through the column.
- the templates was prepared by conventional phosphoramidate synthesis.
- the samples are mixed with formamide dye 1:1 (98% formamide, 10 mM EDTA, pH 8, 0,025 % Xylene Cyanol, 0,025% Bromphenol Blue), incubate at 80°C for 2 minutes, and run on a denaturing 10% polyacrylamide gel.
- formamide dye 1:1 98% formamide, 10 mM EDTA, pH 8, 0,025 % Xylene Cyanol, 0,025% Bromphenol Blue
- Experiment Q is added 1 ⁇ l 100 mM EDC and 1 ⁇ l 100 mM NHS .
- Experiment R is added 1 ⁇ l 100 mM TSAT. Incubate at 25° C for about 1,5 h, and then analyze by 10% urea polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis.
- Experiment U and V is added 1 ⁇ l 100 mM EDC and 1 ⁇ l 100 mM NHS, incubated for about 1 h at 24°C, and then added 2 ⁇ l buffer C, then incubated for 30 minuttes at 24°C.
- Experiment X and Y is added 2 ⁇ l 50 mM TSAT. Incubate at 24° C for about 1.5 h, and then analyzed by 10% urea polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis, as described above.
- Mix 8-1 Mix 2 ⁇ l buffer B, 5 ⁇ l Ah36 (0,4 pmol/ul), 1 ⁇ l Ah37 (2 pmol/ul), 1 ⁇ l Ah38 (2 pmol/ul), 1 ⁇ l H 2 O.
- Mix 8-2 Mix 2 ⁇ l buffer B, 5 ⁇ l Ah36 (0,4 pmol/ul), 1 ⁇ l Ah37 (2 pmol/ul), 2 ⁇ l H 2 O. Anneal by heating to 80° C, then cool to 44° C (-2°C/30 sek).
- Mix 9-1 Mix 2 ⁇ l buffer B, 1 ⁇ l Ah36 (2 pmol/ul), 1 ⁇ l Ah51 (2 pmol/ul), 1 ⁇ l Ah38(2 pmol/ul), 5 ⁇ l H 2 O.
- Mix 9-2 Mix 2 ⁇ l buffer B, 1 ⁇ l Ah36 (2 pmol/ul), 1 ⁇ l Ah51 (2 pmol/ul), 6 ⁇ l H 2 O Anneal by heating to 80°C, then cool to 35° C (-2°C/30 sek)(For temperatures 1 to 6), or heat to 80°C, then cool to 15°C (-2°C/30sek)(For temperatures 7 to 12).
- Mix 9-3 Mix 2 ⁇ l buffer B, 0,5 ⁇ l Ah36 (2 pmol/ul), 1 ⁇ l Ah51 (2 pmol/ul), 1 ⁇ l Ah38(2 pmol/ul), 5,5 ⁇ l H 2 O
- Mix 9-4 Mix 2 ⁇ l buffer B, 0,5 ⁇ l Ah36 (2 pmol/ul), 1 ⁇ l Ah51 (2 pmol/ul), 6,5 ⁇ l H 2 O Anneal by heat at 80° C then cool to 5° C (-2°C/30 sek).
- Oligos Ah3 and Ah5 contain an amine separated from the base of the nucleotide by seven and eleven bonds, respectively (called amino modifier C2 dT and amino modifier C6 dT, see formulae above). These oligos were annealed immediately next to oligo Ah 4 or Ah6 (carrying amino modifier C2 dT and amino modifier C6 dT, respectively), i.e., with a spacing between the two oligos of 0 base pairs.
- TSAT concentration was tested by using the oligos Ah5 and Ah 6.
- a concentration of 1 or 10 mM TSAT leads to more efficient cross-linking than both 0.1 mM and 100 mM TSAT ( figure 1 and 2 ).
- the lower cross-linking efficiency obtained when using the highest TSAT concentration (100 mM) may be explained by two TSAT molecules reacting with each of the neighbouring amines.
- EDC concentration was examined for cross-linking an oligo carrying an amine (Ah6) and an oligo carrying a carboxylic acid (Ah1).
- NHS concentrations of about 10 mM provides the highest cross-linking efficiency when used together with EDC.
- 100 mM EDC results in the highest cross-linking efficiency when compared to 0.1 mM, 1 mM and 10 mM EDC.
- zipper box sequence at the 5'- and 3' end of oligos Ah67 and Ah36, respectively, the same termini that carries the reactive groups.
- the zipper-boxes are complementary sequences, and thus may bring the reactive groups of the two oligos into closer proximity.
- Two different lengths of zipper boxes were tested, namely a 10'mer zipper box (Ah37/Ah66, Ah37 forming a DNA duplex of 10 base pairs) and a 5'mer zipper box (forming a DNA duplex of 5 base pairs). See Fig. 12 .
- different designs of zipper boxes were tested, e.g.
- the cross-linking efficiency is not changed dramatically when different combinations of Ah65, Ah66, Ah36 and Ah37 are tested (i.e., when the reactive groups are placed immediately next to the zipper box, or two nucleotides upstream).
- the template is not absolutely required at all temperatures in the context of the 10'mer zipper box. This template-independency is particularly pronounced at lower temperature (e.g., figure 11 , 30°C).
- X was incorporated using the commercially available carboxy-dT phosphoramidite (10-1035-90 from Glen research).
- the underlined nucleobases represent the zipper region.
- the reaction mixture was left o/n at room temperature. The volume was reduced to 60 uL by evaporation in vacuo.
- the pure oligo was obtained by addition of NH 3 conc. (20 uL) followed by HPLC purification.
- Example 13 General procedure for attachment of a functional entity to a thio oligo.
- W was incorporated using the commercially available thiol modifier phosphoramidite (10-1926-90 from Glen research).
- B is an internal biotin incorporated using the commercially available phosphoramidite (10-1953-95 from Glen research).
- the nucleobases which are underlined indicates the zipper region.
- Each of the thio oligos (1 nmol) was dried in vacuo and treated with a chemical entity comprising the functional entity : in dimethylformamide (50 ul of a 0.1 M solution) and left o/n at rt.
- the building block was spun down (20.000 G for 10 minutes) and the supernatant removed.
- Dimethylformamide (1 mL) was added and the building block was spun down (20.000 G for 10 minutes).
- the building blocks were annealed to the template by heating to 50 °C and cooled (-2 °C/ 30 second) to 30 °C.
- the mixture was then left o/n at a fluctuating temperature (10 °C for 1 second then 35 °C for 1 second).
- the trisamine scaffolded building block was separated from the streptavidine bound complex by addition of water (200 uL) followed by heating to 70 °C. The water was transferred and evaporated in vacuo, resuspended in TEAA buffer (45 uL of a 0.1 M solution) and product formation analysed by HPLC (see Figure 15 ).
- the HPLC chromatogram shows the transfer of two functional entities to a scaffold building block.
- the top chromatogram shows the reference scaffold building block.
- the bottom chromatogram show the streptavidine purified scaffold building block after the partial transfer of one (peak at 7.94 minutes) and two (peak at 10.76 minutes) identical functional entities.
- the following gradient was used: 0-3 minutes 100% A, then 15% A and 85% B from 3-10 minutes, then 100% B from 10-15 minutes.
- the two set-ups shown in Fig. 16 was used (set-up A and set-up B).
- the two oligos contain terminal nucleotides derivatized with a carboxylic acid or an amine.
- cross-linking After reaction ("cross-linking") of the reactive groups on the termini of the two oligos, the cross-linking efficiency may be analyzed by polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis, as the two oligos become coupled as a result of this cross-linking, and therefore migrate slower through the column
- Zipper box sequences are underlined. Note that when the building block zipper boxes interact with zipper boxes in the template, the length of the zipper box duplex is one nucleotide longer than is underlined.
- oligonucleotides were prepared following the conventional phosphoramidite approach.
- X represents the commercially available carboxy-dT phosphoramidite (10-1035-90 from Glen research).
- Z represents amino modifier C6 dT (10-1039-from Glen Research).
- 6 represents the amino-modifier 5 (10-1905 from Glen Research)
- the templates were prepared by conventional phosphoramidite synthesis.
- the samples are mixed with formamide dye 1:1 (98% formamide, 10 mM EDTA, pH 8, 0,025 % Xylene Cyanol, 0,025% Bromphenol Blue), incubated at 80°C for 2 minutes, and run on a denaturing 10% polyacrylamide gel.
- formamide dye 1:1 98% formamide, 10 mM EDTA, pH 8, 0,025 % Xylene Cyanol, 0,025% Bromphenol Blue
- a templated-independent reaction is often observed at 20 °C. This artefact is presumably not mediated by the zipper box in the templates, as it is observed even when the competitor template (carrying the zipper box) is not included in the incubation mixture (see e.g. Figure 17 , exp. B, lane 1). Annealing at a high concentration, followed by dilution and reaction at the resulting low concentration eliminates template independent reactions, but maintains efficient annealing of building block oligos at the template prior to the reaction step (compare the efficient cross-linking and the absence of template independent reaction of experiments E and F with the less attractive experiments A, B, C and D).
- Experiment A employs a building block carrying a 6-meric zipper box, and a cross-linking efficiency of about 30% is observed (experiment A, lane 2-4).
- Experiment B When a building block without a zipper box is employed (experiment B), no cross-linking is observed (the spot in lane 3-4 is an artefact on the film, and does not represent a cross-link). No cross-linking is observed, and even at 20 °C no reaction is observed (possibly because the building block does not carry a zipper box)
- Lanes 1-6 involve a building block oligo annealed to position 3; Lane 7 involves the same building block, however, no template is present in lane 7. Lanes 8-13 involve a building block oligo annealed to position 2; lane 14 involve the same building block oligo, however, no template is present. Lanes 15-20 involve a building block oligo annealed to position 1; lane 21 involve the same oligo, and no template is present. Lanes 1, 3, 5, 8, 10, 12, 15, 17, 19 uses templates where the spacing between the bound building block oligos is one nucleotide larger than the templates used in experiments of lane 2, 4, 6, 9, 11, 13, 16, 18, and 20.
- the optimal linker length as regards cross-linking efficiency is 0 nucleotides at all positions ( Figure 21 , lanes 1, 2 for position 3; lanes 8, 9 for position 2; lanes 15, 16 for position. Separations of 0 or 1 nucleotides between building blocks bound to position 1 and 0, has no effect on the efficiency of cross-linking between the two building blocks ( Figure 21 , compare e.g. lanes 1 and 2). Very high efficiencies of cross-linking are observed, from all three positions.
- reaction efficiency is approximately 50%, 95% and 95% when the building block oligo is annealed at position 3, 2 and 1 respectively, and the linker length is 0 nucleotides ( Figure 21 , lanes 1,2 and 8, 9 and 15, 16).
- the experiments measure reaction efficiency between a building block oligo bound at position 3 in the oligo setup B.
- Linker lengths of 0, 5, 30 and 50 nucleotides mediates reaction efficiencies of appr. 90% (lane 8), 50% (lane 5), 20-40 % (lane 14) and 20-40 % (lane 17) respectively.
- a linker length of 0 nucleotides is optimal for set-up B, as was also observed for set-up A.
- reaction efficiencies from position 2 and position 1 of approximately 75% and 90% have been achieved (data not shown).
- the complexes may be formed at lower temperatures, to ensure high degree of zipper box - zipper box complex formation, where after excess building block-oligos may be removed by washing , and then the reaction can be initiated. Because of the lower concentration of building block-oligos after the wash, the template-independent reaction will be much less significant.
- An occupied position 3 does not interfere with the cross-linking of building blocks bound at position 2 and 0 ( Figure 25 , compare lane A with lane B, lane C with lane D, lane E with F).
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Computational Biology (AREA)
- Plant Pathology (AREA)
- Measuring Or Testing Involving Enzymes Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)
- Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
- Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
- Saccharide Compounds (AREA)
- Immobilizing And Processing Of Enzymes And Microorganisms (AREA)
- Mattresses And Other Support Structures For Chairs And Beds (AREA)
- Physical Or Chemical Processes And Apparatus (AREA)
- Preparation Of Compounds By Using Micro-Organisms (AREA)
Abstract
Description
- The present invention relates to a method for synthesising templated molecules. The method implies a high local concentration of reactive groups intended to participate in a formation of a linkage, thus increasing the probability of linkage formation. The invention also relates to a library, that is a plurality of templated molecules, wherein each of the templated molecules are attached to the template which directed the synthesis thereof.
- The generation of molecules carrying new properties remains a challenging task. Recently, a number of procedures have been suggested that should allow a more efficient generation and screening of a larger number of molecules. The approaches taken involve the encoding and/or templating of molecules other than natural biopolymers such as peptide, RNA and DNA. These approaches allow the researcher to generate and screen a huge number of molecules in a short time. This should lead to better molecules carrying the desired properties.
- The central dogma of biology describes the one-way flow of information from DNA to RNA to protein. Recently, methods such as phage display, peptides-on-plasmids, ribosome display and mRNA-protein fusion have been developed, allowing the transfer of information from the level of protein/peptide to RNA or DNA. This has enabled the use of molecular evolution to be applied on huge numbers of peptides that are exposed to an enrichment process, where after the enriched pool of molecules (enriched for a particular feature, such as binding to receptor protein) are amplified, by exploiting information flow from the peptide to DNA and then amplifying the DNA.
- More recently, approaches have been developed that allow the encoding of polypeptides and other biochemical polymers. An example of this approach is disclosed in
US 5,723,598 , which pertains to the identification of a biochemical polymer that participates in a preselected binding interaction with a target to form a binding reaction complex. The prior art method encompasses the generation of a library of bifunctional molecules. One part of the bifunctional molecule is the biochemical polymer and the other part is an identifier oligonucleotide comprising a sequence of nucleotides which encodes and identifies the biochemical polymer. Following the generation of the library of the bifunctional molecules, a partitioning with respect to affinity towards the target is conducted and the identifier oligonucleotide part of the bifunctional molecule is amplified by means of PCR. Eventually, the PCR amplicons are sequenced and decoded for identification of the biochemical polymer. This approach does not, however, allow one-pot amplification of the library members. Furthermore, the sequence of nucleotides serves to identify the biochemical molecule only after a laborious sequencing process. Thus the flow of information from the identifier sequence to the biochemical polymer is restrained. - Halpin and Harbury have in
WO 00/23458 - Gartner ZJ and Liu DR (J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2001, 123, 6961-6963) discloses a method in which DNA is used to direct chemical reactions sequence-specifically. It is shown that the proximity effect provided by DNA-templated synthesis can be used to promote chemical reactions. When more than a single chemical entity is to participate in the formation of an encoded molecule, it is necessary to have a building block spaced from a reactive site of the template by one or more codons. Typically, the distance between the building block and the reactive site of the template amounts to several nucleotides, e.g. 30 nucleotides, which implies that the reaction at the largest distance from the template reactive site is less promoted relative to a chemical entity carried by a building block annealed to a codon next to the reactive site.
- The present invention aims at suggesting a solution for increasing the local concentration of reactants to promote the probability of a reaction.
- The present invention provides a method for synthesising a templated molecule, said method comprising the steps of:
- a) providing at least one template comprising of one or more codons,
- b) providing a first functional entity attached to a zipping domain, said zipping domain comprises a first part of a molecule pair, being capable of reversible interaction with a second part of the molecule pair,
- c) providing one or more building blocks, each comprising an anti-codon, a further functional entity and a linker connecting the anti-codon and the functional entity, wherein the anti-codon complements a codon of a template, and the functional entity is connected to a zipping domain comprising the second part of said molecule pair and is capable of being chemically connected to the first functional entity,
- d) contacting the components of step a), b), and c) with each other under conditions allowing specific hybridisation of the anti-codon(s) to the codon(s) of the template(s) and dimerization of the two parts of the molecule pair,
- e) allowing the functional entity of the building block to form a chemical connection to the first functional entity,
- f) optionally, cleaving one or more linkers, provided that at least one linker remains to connect the functional entities with the template,
- g) obtaining a templated molecule attached to the template which directed the synthesis thereof.
- The template comprises in a preferred embodiment two or more codons, such as three to fifteen codons. The first functional entity, which in an aspect of the invention can be a scaffold, can then be connected to two or more functional entities. The method may be conducted only once to connect a scaffold functional entity with the desired amount of functional entities or the steps of d) through g) may be repeated one or more times to sequentially add building blocks harbouring functional entities to be attached to a functional entity or a nascent templated molecule.
- When multi-step synthesis is performed, the repetition of the steps d) through g) is conducted using the templated molecule attached to the template which directed the synthesis thereof according to step g) as the first functional entity attached to a zipping domain in the contacting step according to step d).
- The zipper domains may be characterized as two interacting moieties able to reversibly dimerize in an ordered way, thereby bringing reactive groups attached to them into close proximity. Reversibility is required in a preferred aspect in order to allow different functional entities having the same dimerization domain to interact at different times with a complementary zipper domain attached to a reactive site. Many types of molecular moieties may be employed as zipper domains, of which here follows a non-comprehensive list of appropriate pairs of zipper domains: i) DNA/DNA, DNA/RNA, LNA/DNA, PNA/RNA, various combinations of nucleotides and nucleotide analogs; ii) peptide/peptide, e.g. base and acid leucine zipper (coiled coil structure of two alpha-helices), antibody/antigen; iii) nucleic acid-peptide, e.g. Zinck-finger DNA binding domain/dsDNA; iv) peptide/small organic molecule, e.g., streptavidin/biotin; v) small organic molecule/small organic molecule, e.g., nitrilotriacetic acid (NTA)/nitrilotriacetic acid (NTA)-Zn++; vi) positively charged moiety/negatively charged moiety, e.g., polyglutamic acid/polylysine.
The zipper box can be chosen according to the conditions of the reaction that it is supposed to enhance. For example, if the reaction is performed at moderate temperature and at reasonably high salt concentration, DNA/DNA zipper boxes may be used. By varying the length of the zipper box (the complementary DNA strands), one may design zipper boxes of desired stability and dynamics. Other types of zipper boxes will be very dependent on pH. For example, the interaction strength and dynamics of a glutamate/lysine pair will be dependent on pH, as for example the polyglutamate will be highly negatively charged at high pH, and not charged at all at low pH. - The functional entity is in an aspect of the invention attached to the template through one or more covalent links. However, it may be appropriate that the first functional entity is connected to a sequence of nucleic acids complementing a sequence of nucleic acids harboured by the template to enable the attachment of a scaffold to the template by hybridisation. In this way it will be possible to encode several different scaffolds by the template. In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the first functional entity is a scaffold, i.e. a chemical moiety which is amended, usually by addition of functional groups emanating from one or more building blocks. The scaffold may be a single reactive group or a chemical structure comprising two or more reactive groups. Usually, the scaffold remains attached to the template through-out the synthesis of the templated molecule.
- Usually, when the zipping domain comprises nucleic acids, the polarity of the building block harbouring the first functional entity is reverse compared to the polarity of the building block harbouring the further functional entity, i.e. if the first functional entity is attached to the 5' end of an oligonucleotide, the further functional entity is preferably attached to the 3' end of building block oligonucleotide, or visa versa. In certain aspects, when more than a single building block is included in the formation of the templated molecule, it is preferred that the scaffold building block is annealed to a flanking position of the template, i.e. not placed between codons codon for building blocks.
- The zipping domain may be placed relative to the first functional entity in any way that promotes the proximity of the functional entities. In one aspect, the zipping domain is present in the template. In one setup, the zipping domain is situated between a codon coding for a scaffold oligo and the codons coding for building blocks. In another aspect of the invention the zipping domain is a part of the linker of the building block. Preferably, the zipping domain is proximal to the functional entity. Still more preferred the zipping domain is spaced from the functional entity with no more than 2 nucleic acids monomers. In a most preferred embodiment, the zipping domain of the functional entity of the building block and the first functional entity is distanced from the respective entities with the same number of nucleic acid monomers to provide for a high local concentration of functional entities. The distance of the zipping domain of the functional entity of the building block and the first functional entity, respectively, to the functional entities are preferably zero nucleotide monomers. In other words, it is preferred that the two functional entities intended to form a connection is attached to the terminal nucleotide of the zipping domain.
- The desired number of the nucleic acid monomers of the zipping domain depends largely on the temperature and stringency conditions in general used during the synthesis. If a low stringency and/or a relatively low temperature is preferred the number of nucleic acid monomers may be as low as 3. However, a low number of nucleic acid monomers in the sequence of the zipper domain may increase the risk of hybridisation to e.g. the template or building blocks. It is therefore, in general, preferred to use at least 4 nucleic acid monomers. According to a preferred embodiment of the invention the zipping domain sequence comprises 3 to 20 nucleic acid monomers. In a still more preferred embodiment the zipping domain sequence comprises 4 to 16 nucleic acid monomers. Most preferred is a zipping domain sequence comprising 5 to 10 nucleic acid monomers.
- The linkage between the anti-codon and the a zipping domain may be a single bond or a chemical moiety up to several 100 A, such as between 1 and 300 A. The linkage may of any suitable chemical nature, however, it is in general preferred that the linkage is an oligonucleotide. In a preferred embodiment, the linkage is a single bond, i.e. the anti-codon abuts the zipping domain.
- In a preferred aspect of the invention, the annealing temperature of the codon:anti-codon hybrid is higher than the annealing temperature of the zipping domain hybrid to ensure that the building block remain attached to the template even though the interaction of the zipping domains is eliminated. The above aspect is specifically preferred when the contacting according to step d) is performed by alternating the temperature below and above the annealing temperature of the zipping domain. The effect of the alternation is increased when the alternating is performed a plurality of times. To avoid the release of the building block from the template, the highest temperature is preferably below the annealing temperature of the codon:anti-codon hybrid.
- According to a preferred aspect of the invention, when the template comprises two or more codons the building blocks attached to these codons have essentially identical sequences of the zipping domain. An alternation of the temperature will then attract the different functional entities annealed through building blocks to the scaffold. Thus, it is possible to have a variety of functional entities brought into close proximity of the scaffold.
- The difference between the annealing temperatures of the codon:anti-codon hybrid and the dimerized zipping domains is suitably 10 °C or above. More preferred the difference between the annealing temperatures is 25 °C or above.
- In an aspect of the invention the hybridisation of codons with anti-codons and zipper domain dimerisation occurs in separate steps, i.e. the conditions for allowing specific hybridisation of the anti-codon(s) to the codon(s) of the template(s) are distinct from the conditions allowing for optimal dimerisation of the two pairs of the molecule pair. The separation of the step provides for optimal conditions for each step. In the second step, the dimerisation step, it is preferred to use conditions that ensures that the codons and anti-codons remains attached and conditions that favours reaction between the functional entities.
- The conditions during specific hybridisation of the anti-codon(s) to the codon(s) suitably include a concentration of codons and/or anti-codons, which is higher than the concentration of codons and/or anti-codons used during dimerisation of the two pairs of the molecule pair. The difference in concentration enhance the probability that the codon:anti-codon hybrid has been formed prior to the reaction of the functional entities, thereby ensuring the transfer of genetic information. Suitably, the the concentration during hybridisation of codon(s) and anti-codons is at least 10 times higher compared to the concentration used for dimerisation of the two pairs of the zipping domain. The diluted conditions during the zipping domain dimerisation also favours the template directed reactions rather cross-reactions among random reactive groups appearing in the media because the local concentration of encoded reactive groups relative to the concentration of reactive groups in general in the media is increased.
- In an aspect of the invention, the method is used to generate a library of templated molecules attached to the template (or, alternatively, a complementing template) which directed the synthesis of the molecule. As an example, a library may be generated by having more than one possible codon:anti-codon interaction. This may be conducted by having several building blocks with different functional entities but similar anti-codons. However, to obtain a one-to-one relationship between the identity of the functional entity connected to the scaffold and the codon of the template, it is usually preferred that each building block carries a specific anti-codon which identify the functional entity.
- A library preferably comprises a plurality of templates with different unique codons and/or order of unique codons. A plurality of building blocks having anti-codons corresponding to the unique codons of the templates is usually provided. In one aspect of the invention, a specific building block is provided for each of the unique codons. In another aspect some of the codons are not matched by a building block or alternatively blocked by a oligonucleotide sequence without a functional entity.
- In the following the principle is illustrated for a specific non-limitating example. The anti-codons in this example are approximately 20 nucleotides long (and has a melting temperature towards its complementary sequence of approximately 60 °C), whereas the zipper domain is approximately 5 nucleotides long (and has a much lower melting temperature, e.g. around 17 °C). The building blocks and the plurality of templates are incubated together, at a medium temperature (e.g., 55 °C), allowing the anti-codons to find and bind to the corresponding codons. At this temperature, the anti-codons interact efficiently and specifically with the codons, whereas the zipper boxes do not interact efficiently. Excess un-bound building blocks are washed away. Then the reactions between reactive groups of neighbouring functional entities are initiated by lowering the temperature to e.g. 10°C, and potentially changing conditions other than the temperature. At 10 °C the zipper domains of the regular building blocks will interact with the complementary sequence of the zipper domain of the scaffold functional entity, thereby bringing the reactive groups into very close proximity (see
figure 14 ). This increases the local concentration of the reactive groups significantly, and as a result the reactive groups react. Then again, the temperature is increased to the medium temperature (55 °C) and the zipping box is melted resulting in a separation of the functional entities. When the temperature subsequently is decreased to about 10°C, another building block may hybridize its zipper domain to the zipper domain of the scaffold, whereafter its functional entity may react with the scaffold. - The zipper box is a molecular affinity pair composed of two parts which has affinity for each other under certain environmental conditions. The essential property of the molecular affinity pair is that the two parts are capable of interacting in order to assemble the molecular affinity pair. In the biotechnological field a variety of interacting molecular parts are known which can be used as the molecular affinity pair. Examples include, but are not restricted to protein-protein interactions, protein-polysaccharide interactions, RNA-protein interactions, DNA-DNA interactions; DNARNA interactions, RNA-RNA interactions, biotin-streptavidin interactions, enzyme-ligand interactions, antibody-ligand interaction, protein-ligand interaction, ect.
- The interaction between the molecular affinity parts may result in a strong or a week bonding. If a covalent bond is formed between the parties of the affinity pair the binding between the parts can be regarded as strong, whereas the establishment of hydrogen bondings, interactions between hydrophobic domains, and metal chelation in general results in a week bonding. In general relatively weak bonding is preferred. In a preferred aspect of the invention, the first part of the affinity pair is capable of reversible interacting with the second part of the affinity pair so as to provide for an attachment or detachment of the parts in accordance with the changing conditions of the media.
- In a preferred aspect of the invention, the molecular affinity pair is based on an interaction between nucleotides, i.e. the first part of the affinity pair is a sequence of nucleotides and the second part of the affinity pair is a sequence of nucleotides capable of hybridising to the first part of the affinity pair. The first part of the affinity pair may be a part of the template or a building block and may comprise an oligonucleotide having nucleobases selected among the natural occurring nucleobases, i.e. adenine, cytosine, guanine, thymine, and uracil which are attached to a backbone, such as a repetitive sequence of (deoxy)ribose-phosphate units. The second part of the affinity pair can be an oligonucleotide having nucleobases which complements and is specifically recognised by the first part, i.e. in the event the first part contains cytosine, the second part contains guanine and visa versa, and in the event the first part contains thymine or uracil the second part contains adenine. In one aspect of the invention it is preferred however, that at least some of the nucleobases of the second part of the affinity pair are non-specific base-pairing nucleobases. Non-specific base-pairing nucleobases are bases which, when attached to a backbone, are able to pair with at least two of the five naturally occurring nucleobases mentioned above. Preferably, the base pairing between the two or more natural nucleobases and the non-specifically base-pairing nucleobase occurs essentially iso-enegically, i.e. the bonds formed have a strength of the same order. The term "non-specifically base-pairing nucleobase" is used herein interchangeably with the term "universal base".
- In natural tRNA the nucleobase inosine is found. Inosine has the ability to hybridise non-specifically with three of the nucleobases, i.e. cytosine, thymine, and adenine. Other synthetic compounds having the same ability of non-specifically base-pairing with natural nucleobases have been formed and includes among others the compounds depicted below
-
- The codons of the template may be any biochemical entity with an ability to be recognized specifically by another entity. It is preferred, however, that the codon is a sequence of nucleotides. The sequence of nucleotides carries a series of nucleobases on a back bone. The nucleobases of the codons may be any chemical entity able to be specifically recognized by a complementing entity. The nucleobases are usually selected from the natural nucleobases (adenine, guanine, uracil, thymine, and cytosine) but also the other nucleobases obeying the Watson-Crick hydrogen-bonding rules may be used, such as the synthetic nucleobases disclosed in
US 6,037,120 . - The codon may be a single nucleotide. In the generation of a library, this will allow for the incorporation of four different functional entities into the template-directed molecule. However, to obtain a higher diversity a codon preferably comprises at least two and more preferred at least three nucleotides. Theoretically, this will provide for 42 and 43, respectively, different functional entities. The codons will usually not comprise more than 100 nucleotides. It is preferred to have codons with a sequence of 3 to 30 nucleotides.
- The at least two codons of the template are arranged in sequence, i.e. next to each other and may be separated by a spacer group. Depending on the template-directed molecule intended to be formed, the template may comprise further codons. Each of the further codons may be separated by a suitable spacer group. Preferably, all or at least a majority of the codons of the template are arranged in sequence and each of the codons are separated from a neighbouring codon by a spacer group. Generally, it is preferred to have more than two codons on the template to allow for the synthesis of more complex template-directed molecules. In a preferred aspect of the invention the number of codons of the template is 2 to 100. Still more preferred is templates comprising 3 to 15 codons.
- The spacer sequence may serve various purposes. In one setup of the invention, the spacer group identifies the position of a codon. Usually, the spacer group either upstream or downstream of a codon comprises information which allows determination of the position of the codon. The spacer group may also or in addition provide for a region of high affinity. The high affinity region will ensure that the hybridisation of the template with the anti-codon will occur in frame. Moreover, the spacer sequence adjusts the annealing temperature to a desired level.
- A spacer sequence with high affinity can be provided by incorporation of one or more nucleobases forming three hydrogen bonds to a cognate nucleobase. An example of a nucleobase having this property is guanine. Alternatively, or in addition, the spacer sequence may be subjected to back bone modification. Several back bone modifications provides for higher affinity, such as 2'-O-methyl substitution of the ribose moiety, peptide nucleic acids (PNA), and 2'-4' O-methylene cyclisation of the ribose moiety, also referred to as LNA (Locked Nucleic Acid). The template may comprise flanking regions. One of the flanking regions can in an aspect of the invention serve to immobilize the template to a surface of a solid support such as a microarray. In another aspect of the invention the flanking region can encompasses a signal group, such a flourophor or a radio active group, to allow a direct detection of the presence of the template. The flanking regions can also serve as priming sites for an amplification reaction, such as PCR.
- The template may also be immobilised on a solid support, such as a bead or matrix material by incorporating a biotin group in the template and subsequent coupling to a streptavidin coated solid support. Various other immobilisation methods are known to the skilled person, including coupling of the template to an antibody and immobilising the conjugate to a solid support coated with the appropriate antigen. In a preferred aspect, the priming site of the template serves the dual purpose of participating in an amplification reaction and as the means for immobilisation. The immobilisation can be effected, e.g. by treatment of the template comprising the priming site with a solid support comprising oligonucleotide sequences complementary to the priming site.
- In one aspect, the first functional entity is covalently attached to the template. The covalent attachment of the reactive group usually entails that the template-directed molecule is formed at or in the vicinity of said reactive group. The final template-directed molecule is thus covalently attached to the template which directed and encoded the synthesis thereof. In the event a library is formed which comprises a plurality of complexes prepared in accordance with the invention, high stringency conditions for a selection procedure may be used without the risk of separating the template-directed molecule from the template.
- In another aspect of the invention, the first functional entity is non-covalently attached to the template. Usually, the non-covalently attachment involves hydrogen bonds and hydrophobic interaction. Notably, the non-covalent attachment involves a hybridisation reaction between oligonucleotides or a part thereof. In a preferred embodiment, the functional entity is attached to a sequence of nucleotides, which complements a sequence of nucleotides of the template. The complementing sequence having attached the reactive group can serve as an anchor, i.e. to tie the nascent template-directed molecule to the template. Usually, the complementing sequence of the anchor has an annealing temperature higher than each of the building blocks to ensure attachment of the anchor even under condition which detaches the building blocks.
- The first functional entity, such as a scaffold, may be linked to the template through a selectively cleavable linker, which enables the separation of the template-directed molecule from the template at a time decided by the experimenter. The first functional entity generally comprises a reactive group. The reactive group can be a part of a nascent template-directed molecule which, possibly in amended form, appears in the final templated molecule. The reactive group can also be a part of a scaffold, such as a molecular entity comprising more than one reactive group. Furthermore, the reactive group may be in a pro-form that has to be activated before the method of the invention is initiated.
- In the aspect of the invention relating to the generation of a library, it may be desired to couple the first functional entity to an anti-codon complementing a (further) codon on the template, thus making it possible to have more than a single kind of functional entities present in the media. Alternatively, a functional entity or scaffold comprising the reactive group(s) may be varied.
- When the template is linear, the first part of the molecular affinity pair is usually arranged between the active codon and a functional entity or a nascent templated molecule covalently connected or connected by hybridisation to the template to provide for a closer proximity between the reactive groups. More preferred, the first part of the molecular affinity pair is arranged proximal relative to the template reactive group.
- The second part of the molecular affinity pair is positioned in the building block. The second part of the molecular affinity pair may be dispensed with in the event the codon to which the building block is attached to is close to the template reactive group, or expressed in another way, the anti-codon of the building block may be at least partly identical to the second part of the molecular affinity pair. Building blocks having anti-codons intended to interact with codons distal to the template reactive group, such as a scaffold, comprise as a section of the linker the second part of the molecular affinity pair. The term "distal" is to be understood as the case in which the active codon, i.e. the codon hybridised to the anti-codon of the building block, is interspaced relative to the template reactive group with one or more inactive codon(s).
- The second part of the molecular affinity pair in the linker of the building block is preferably arranged proximal to the functional entity to increase the proximity between the building block reactive group and the template reactive group. More preferred the second part of the molecular affinity pair is spaced from the nucleotide carrying the functional entity by 0 to two nucleotides.
- It is within the capability of the skilled person in the art to construct the desired design of an oligonucleotide. When a specific annealing temperature is desired it is a standard procedure to suggest appropriate compositions of nucleic acid monomers and the length thereof. The construction of an appropriate design may be assisted by software, such as Vector NTI Suite or the public database at the internet address http://www.nwfsc.noaa.gov/protocols/oligoTMcalc.html.
- The conditions which allow specific hybridisation of the codons and the anti-codons are influenced by a number of factors including temperature, salt concentration, type of buffer, and acidity. It is within the capabilities of the person skilled in the art to select appropriate conditions to ensure that the contacting between the templates and the building blocks are performed at hybridisation conditions. The temperature at which two single stranded oligonucleotides forms a duplex is referred to as the annealing temperature or the melting temperature. The melting curve is usually not sharp indicating that the annealing occurs over a temperature range. The second derivative of the melting curve is used herein to indicate the melting temperature.
- The functional entity of the building block serves the function of being a precursor for the structural entity eventually incorporated into the templated molecule. Therefore, when it in the present application with claims it is stated that a functional entity is transferred to a nascent template-directed molecule it is to be understood that not necessarily all the atoms of the original functional entity is to be found in the eventually formed template-directed molecule. Also, as a consequence of the reactions involved in the connection, the structure of the functional entity can be changed when it appears on the nascent templated molecule. Especially, the cleavage resulting in the release of the functional entity may generate a reactive group which in a subsequent step can participate in the formation of a connection between a nascent templated molecule and a functional entity.
- The functional entity of the building block comprises at least one reactive group capable of participating in a reaction which results in a connection between the functional entity of the building block and the part of the template or complementing element hybridised to the template carrying the template reactive group. The connection is aided by one or more reactive groups of the functional entity. The number of reactive groups which appear on the functional entity is suitably one to ten. A building block featuring only one reactive group is used i.a. in the end positions of polymers, whereas building blocks having two reactive groups are suitable for the formation of the body part of a polymer or scaffolds capable of being reacted further. Two or more reactive groups intended for the formation of connections, are typically present on scaffolds. A scaffold may be a core structure, which forms the basis for the creation of multiple variants. The variant forms of the scaffold is typically formed through reaction of reactive groups of the scaffold with reactive groups of other building blocks, optionally mediated by fill-in groups or catalysts, under the creation of a connection between the entities. The functional entities to be connected to the scaffold may contain one, two or several reactive groups able to form connections.
- The reactive group of the building block may be capable of forming a direct connection to a reactive group of another building block, nascent templated molecule or a template reactive site. In certain embodiments of the invention an indirect connection is formed using a bridging fill-in group. It is to be understood that not all the atoms of a functional entity necessarily is maintained in the (nascent) templated molecule formed. Rather, the functional entities are to be regarded as precursors for the structure of the final templated molecule.
- The optional cleavage according to step f) can be performed in any appropriate way. In an aspect of the invention the cleavage involves usage of a reagent or and enzyme. The cleavage results in a transfer of the further functional entity to the nascent template-directed molecule or in a transfer of the nascent template-directed molecule to the functional entity of the building block. In some cases it may be advantageous to introduce new chemical groups as a consequence of linker cleavage. The new chemical groups may be used for further reaction in a subsequent cycle, either directly or after having been activated. In other cases it is desirable that no trace of the linker remains after the cleavage.
- In another aspect, the connection and the cleavage is conducted as a simultaneous reaction, i.e. either the functional entity of the building block or the nascent template-directed molecule is a leaving group of the reaction. In general, it is preferred to design the system such that the connection and the cleavage occur simultaneously because this will reduce the number of steps and the complexity. The simultaneous connection and cleavage can also be designed such that either no trace of the linker remains or such that a new chemical group for further reaction is introduced, as described above.
- It is important for the method according to the invention that at least one linker remains intact after the cleavage step. The at least one linker will link the nascent template-directed molecule to the template that directed the synthesis thereof. In case the method essentially involves the transfer of functional entities to a scaffold or an evolving polymer, the eventually scaffolded molecule or the polymer may be attached with a selectively cleavable linker. The selectively cleavable linker is designed such that it is not cleaved under conditions which result in a transfer of the functional entity to the nascent template-directed molecule.
- The building blocks used in the method according to the present invention may be designed in accordance with the particular entities involved in the building block. As an example, the anti-codon may be attached to the second part of the molecular affinity pair with a polyethylene glycol (PEG) linker and the functional entity may be directly attached to the second part of the molecular affinity pair. In another and preferred example, the anti-codon, the linker and the second part of the molecular affinity pair is a contiguous linear oligonucleotide.
- The attachment of the functional entity to the linker is preferably at a terminal nucleotide or a
nucleotide 1 or two nucleotides down the oligonucleotide. The attachment of the functional entity can be at any entity available for attachment, i.e. the functional entity can be attached to a nucleotide of the oligonucleotide at the nucleobase, or the back bone. In general, it is preferred to attach the functional entity at the phosphor of the internucleoside linkage or at the nucleobase. - In an aspect of the invention, a reactive group of the functional entity is attached to the linker oligonucleotide. The reactive group is preferably of a type which is able to create a connection to the the nascent template-directed molecule by either direct reaction between the respective reactive groups or by using a suitable fill-in group. The reactive group coupling the functional entity with the linker is preferably cleaved simultaneously with the establishment of the connection. The functional entity may in some cases contain a second reactive group able to be involved in the formation of a connection in a subsequent cycle. The second reactive group may be of a type which needs activation before it is capable of participating in the formation of a connection.
- The oligonucleotide linker may be distanced from the the functional entity by a spacer moiety. The spacer may be designed such that the conformational spaced sampled by the reactive group is optimized for a reaction with a reactive group of a nascent template-directed molecule.
- The design of building blocks comprising the anti-codon may be aimed at obtaining annealing temperatures in a specific range for all or some of the building block:template hybrids to ensure that the anti-codons have been annealed to the template before the functional entities are connected to each other through a chemical reaction. When the building blocks anneals to the template with essentially the same affinity it is necessary to add the building blocks in each cycle, i.e. the contacting of the building blocks with the template involves separate addition of the individual building blocks.
- In an aspect of the invention, the building blocks are designed such that the building block to be added to the template in the first cycle has an annealing temperature lower than the subsequent building blocks. By using a temperature for the connection step in a second or subsequent step which is higher the previous step it is possible to have only the intended building blocks annealed to the template, while the majority of previous spent or non-reacted building blocks will be single stranded. Optionally, a recovery step may be used between each cycle to enrich the number of single stranded template available for annealing to a subsequent building block. The recovery step may involve the incorporation of biotin in the building block oligonucleotide and separation of the building blocks from the template using steptavidin coated beads at a temperature above the annealing temperature, as described elsewhere herein.
- After the cleavage step the parts of the molecular affinity pair are separated to allow for a subsequent building block to interact with the first part of the zipping domain. Optionally, the cleavage step may be performed after the separation of the molecular affinity pair. In case the molecular affinity pair is a double stranded oligonucleotide, the parts of the affinity pair may be separated by increasing stringency, e.g. by increasing the temperature. In the alternative, the second part of the affinity pair carried by the building block, can be degraded enzymatically or chemically as disclosed below.
- After the reaction of a building block, e.g. by transfer of a functional entity to a scaffold, the anti-codon may remain annealed to the template during a subsequent cycle. However, it is in general preferred to remove the anti-codon of a reacted building block not harbouring the nascent template-directed molecule from the template prior to repetition of steps d) to g). The absence of the annealed anti-codon makes it possible to incorporate universal bases in the linker to obtain an affinity between the linker and the inactive previous used codons.
- The anti-codon can be removed using various techniques, such as separation from the template by increasing the stringency, typically by raising the temperature; partly or fully enzymatical digestion; or chemical degradation. The approach using increasing the stringency is the most simple to apply. However, in the event reannealing can occur or selective removal of the anti-codon is desired, it can be contemplated to use enzymatic or chemical approaches or a mixture thereof.
- A method for removal of spent building blocks, non-reacted building blocks and excess building blocks involves the incorporation of biotin or a simlar small molecule and withdrawal of said building block using the adherence between biotin and avidine or streptavidine on coated beads. More specifically, biotin is incorporated in the building block during the synthesis thereof. Following the transfer or alternatively the cleavage step of the invention, the mixture is treated with beads coated with streptavidin under conditions which allow for the coupling of streptavidin to biotin. Subsequently, the temperature is increased above the annealing temperature of the building block:template hybrid and the mixture is subjected to increased gravity, e.g by spinning in a centrifuge. The supernatant will then comprise the template liberated from the building blocks. An alternative to the biotin-streptavidin coupling is the formation of a S-S bridge. As an example, the oligonucleotide comprising the anti-codon is provided with a -SH group, such as a reduced product of the C6 S-S thiol modifier (Glen Research# 10-1936-90). The -SH group of the building block can be coupled to another-SH group on a solid support under oxidising conditions and the building block can be removed together with the solid support by spinning if the solid material is a bead or by eluation if the solid support is a solid phase matrix of a column.
- For some applications it may be of advantage to selectively degrade the anti-codon-containing oligonucleotide. Several methods are available for degradation of the RNA part of a DNA:RNA duplex. Accordingly, the template can be provided as a single stranded oligonucleotide and the anti-codon can be a single cognate RNA strand. The DNA:RNA duplex can then be degraded with an enzyme selected from RNAseH, RNAseA,
RNAse 1. In the alternative, the RNA part of the RNA:DNA duplex can be degraded chemically by treatment under weak alkaline conditions (pH 9-10), or with aqueous Pb(Ac)2. - If the internucleoside linker comprises a thiophosphate, the linker may be cleaved with iodine. Therefore, according to this approach, an oligonucleotide template, such as a DNA or RNA template having hybridised thereto a DNA or RNA anti-codon comprising a thiophospate in the internucleoside linker can be treated with aqueous iodine or iodoethanol to cleave the anti-codon.
- According to another approach, a strand may be cleaved in a duplex if a DNA monomer contains a uracil nucleobase by first treating the duplex with uracil-glycosylase to remove the uracil moiety and subsequently treating with weak acid. Yet another approach involves the inclusion of methyl phosphonate in the internucleoside linker and cleavage of the linker using piperidine, e.g. by treatment at 37°C for an hour with a piperidine concentration of 100mM.
- The various methods of removal of the anti-codon from the template can be used in the selectively degradation of anti-codons. The advantage of selective degradation is especially apparent when the nascent template-directed molecule as well as the building block is encoded for by the template. In one aspect, a scaffold is coded for by the template and building blocks are sequentially incorporated. By using any of the above methods it is possible selectively to remove the building block, including the anti-codon and the linker, while the anti-codon used for recognising the codon which codes for a scaffold remains attached to the template.
- When a strategy is followed wherein the eventually produced templated molecule is attached to a template via a complementing element, which may and may not involve an anti-codon, the affinity is relatively weak because only hydrogen bondings and hydrophobic interactions tight the parts together. Therefore, in an aspect of the invention, the complementing element finally harbouring the templated molecule, may be attached to the template through a complementing element:template hybrid having a higher annealing temperature than the other codon:anti-codon hybrids of the template. Alternatively, and in some applications preferably, the templated molecule is connected with the template which directed the syntheses thereof via a covalent link. The covalent link may be in addition to the hydrogen bondings or the covalent link may be a substitution. The presence of a covalent link allows for a more harsh chemical treatment of the complex. In one aspect of the invention, the covalent link is selectively cleavable to provide for a separation of the templated molecule from the complementary template.
- The method according to the invention may, as a further step, involve the transfer of the templated molecule to an anchorage point on the template, or a sequence complementing the template, to establish an effective chemical connection between the template and the templated molecule. An effective coupling of the templated molecule to the template or a sequence complementary to the template can be desirable to allow for denaturing enrichment conditions or denaturing post-templating modification of the manufactured molecule. The anchorage may involve the presence of a reactive group on the templated molecule and a reaction partner on the template, whereby the reaction between these reactive groups will establish a covalent link. Alternatively, the anchorage point may be present on a complementary sequence hybridised to the template. In a preferred embodiment the complementing sequence has a higher annealing temperature than one or more of the building blocks, notably the terminal building block, to enable usage of a higher stringency during enrichment and, optionally, clearance of used building blocks.
- The present invention also relates to a library of bifunctional complexes. The library is composed of a plurality of different complexes, such as at least 103, 106, 109, 1012, or 1015 different complexes. The plurality of different complexes is produced by initially providing a plurality of different templates as well as a plurality of building blocks. Each of the anti-codons of the building blocks is adapted so as to be capable of interacting with at least one codon of at least one template. The plurality of different templates is simultaneously subjected to the method described herein above. The propagation part of the method may be repeated a desired number of times to evolve the templated molecule. Each repetition of the propagation is initiated by contacting the templates with a new subset of further building blocks.
- The various different templates of the present invention are conveniently constructed to follow a general scheme. According to the scheme, a number of coding sections are provided on the template. In turn, each of the coding sections specifies one or more unique codons. Thus, a specific template comprises a given number of unique codons. The plurality of templates can, taken as a whole, be characterized as a library comprising the total amount of the different combinations of unique codons possible, or any subset thereof. The coding sections are suitable positioned in a linear sequence, such that the individual coding sections are positioned immediately next to each other, optionally, interspaced by a spacer sequence. In some embodiments, it may be of advantage to use a branched template to ensure proximity of reactive groups, the introduction of catalysts in the vicinity of the reactive groups or the introduction of as third reactant.
- The unique codons of the templates are preferably composed of a sequence of nucleic acid monomers, such as nucleotides. Each codon is preferably unique in the sense that within the same coding section no other codons have an identical sequence and length of nucleic acid monomers. Preferably, a unique codon does not have a corresponding sequence anywhere in the plurality of templates. To avoid hybridisation between individual templates it is also desirable to design each of the unique codons such that the complementary sequence thereof does not exist on any other templates.
- The number of coding sections may be selected in accordance with inter alia the number of the desired final templated compounds, the building blocks available and the envisaged structure of the templated compound. According to the invention the number of coding regions is preferably at least 3 to achieve the desired diversity. The upper limit for the number of coding regions has not yet been elucidated; however it is believed that a number exceeding 100 may give practical problems. Generally, it is preferred to use templates having between 2 and 50 coding regions, more preferably between 3 and 30 and still more preferred between 4 and 15.
- Within each of the coding regions the number of unique codons may be selected according to the need for diversity. The number of unique codons in each of the coding regions may be similar or different. The number of unique codons can be as low as one. This may be the choice when a specific molecular entity is wanted in the evolving templated molecule. The upper limit for the number of unique codons may be chosen quit high as long as specific hybridisation of oligonucleotides of the anti-codons to their complements on the templates occurs. An example of an upper limit may be 10,000, but may be chosen below this limit or above according to the need.
- As an example of a relatively small library, around 106 different complexes can be obtained for templates having 4 coding regions, wherein each coding region specifies 30 unique codons. If each of the unique codons only can be present once on the template, at least 120 different building blocks have to be provided. The plurality of templates and the building blocks may be used for the generation of a 4-mer compound, such as an alpha or beta peptide. A larger library of 1010 complexes may be prepared starting from templates having 5 coding regions and 100 unique codons within each coding region.
- The library may be used for a variety of applications, including the search for compounds for use in therapeutic or diagnostic methods and plant protection compounds, like pesticides, fungicides ect. The library may comprise any number of complexes according to the invention.
- One method to identify the most active compounds which can be used in e.g. therapeutic applications is to subject the library to an enrichment treatment. According to one aspect of the invention an enrichment of a library of complexes comprising templated molecules with respect to a predetermined activity, comprises the steps of:
- i) establishing a first library of complexes comprising templated molecules, said library being obtainable according to any of the methods of the invention,
- ii) exposing the library to conditions enriching the library with complexes having the predetermined activity,
- iii) amplifying the complexes of the enriched library,
- iv) optionally, repeating step ii) to iii), and
- v) obtaining an enriched library having a higher ratio of complexes comprising templated molecules with the predetermined activity.
- The amplification step is normally preferred, though not always necessary. Especially, when several cycles of enrichments are conducted it is of advantage to make an amplification to obtain sufficient complexes. In a preferred aspect of the invention, the amplification of the complexes of the enriched library comprises the steps of contacting the library of complexes with amplification means, amplifying the templates or the complementing templates, and conducting the method according to the invention using the amplification product as templates. The amplification means can be any of the nucleic acid amplification means suitable for the amplification of the template, such as PCR. Preferably, the amplification of the complex comprises a 101 to 1015-fold amplification.
- To allow for multiple enrichment cycles the steps ii) and iii) are repeated at least 2, 3, 5 times, such as at least 10 times, such as at least 15 times. The complexes may be identified after the completion of each cycle or may be only be identified after the last cycle. There is no explicit need for intermediate identifications as the amplification can be performed without knowing the sequence of the template or a sequence complementing the template, if the template or the complement thereof is provided with suitable primer regions. The identification after the enrichment process involves the determination of the sequence of the template and/or the structural determination of the templated molecule and/or the entire complex having the predetermined activity.
- Preferably, the conditions enriching the library comprise contacting a binding partner to the templated molecules of interest. The binding partner may be in solution or may be directly or indirectly immobilised on a support. The enrichment is in general performed using an affinity or activity assay. In one aspect of the invention, the enrichment is conducted by screening for complexes having an affinity for - or an effect on - a target molecule or a target entity. In another aspect the enrichment is conducted by selection for catalytic activity. Alternatively, the conditions enriching the library involve any one or more of electrophoretic separation, gelfiltration, immunoprecipitation, isoelectric focusing, centrifugation, and immobilization.
- The enrichment process can involve cells. Thus, in one embodiment, the conditions enriching the library comprise providing cells capable of internalising the templated molecule, or performing an interaction with the templated molecule having the desired predetermined activity.
- When the library of complexes have been enriched to a small pool comprising complexes displaying a predetermined activity, it is desirable to obtain each of the complexes separately. The templated molecule can be obtained from the complex by cleaving the linker(s) of the one or more building blocks to release the templated molecule from the template.
- The nucleotides used in the present invention may be linked together in an oligonucleotide. Each nucleotide monomer is normally composed of two parts, namely a nucleobase moiety, and a backbone. The back bone may in some cases be subdivided into a sugar moiety and a internucleoside linker.
- The nucleobase moiety may be selected among naturally occurring nucleobases as well as non-naturally occurring nucleobases. It should be clear to the person skilled in the art that various nucleobases which previously have been considered "non-naturally occurring" have subsequently been found in nature. Thus, "nucleobase" includes not only the known purine and pyrimidine hetero-cycles, but also heterocyclic analogues and tautomers thereof. Illustrative examples of nucleobases are adenine, guanine, thymine, cytosine, uracil, purine, xanthine, diaminopurine, 8-oxo-N6-methyladenine, 7-deazaxanthine, 7-deazaguanine, N4,N4-ethanocytosin, N6,N6-ethano-2,6-diamino-purine, 5-methylcytosine, 5-(C3-C6)-alkynylcytosine, 5-fluorouracil, 5-bromouracil, pseudoisocytosine, 2-hydroxy-5-methyl-4-triazolopyridine, isocytosine, isoguanine, inosine and the "non-naturally occurring" nucleobases described in
Benner et al., U.S. Pat No. 5,432,272 . The term "nucleobase" is intended to cover every and all of these examples as well as analogues and tautomers thereof. Especially interesting nucleobases are adenine, guanine, thymine, cytosine, 5-methylcytosine, and uracil, which are considered as the naturally occurring nucleobases in relation to therapeutic and diagnostic application in humans. -
-
- The sugar moiety of the backbone is suitably a pentose but may be the appropriate part of an PNA or a six-member ring. Suitable examples of possible pentoses include ribose, 2'-deoxyribose, 2'-O-methyl-ribose, 2'-flour-ribose, and 2'-4'-O-methylene-ribose (LNA). Suitably the nucleobase is attached to the 1' position of the pentose entity.
- An internucleoside linker connects the 3' end of preceding monomer to a 5' end of a succeeding monomer when the sugar moiety of the backbone is a pentose, like ribose of 2'-deoxyribose. The internucleoside linkage may be the natural occurring phospodiester linkage or a derivative thereof. Examples of such derivatives include phosphorothioate, methylphosphonate, phosphoramidate, phosphotriester, and phosphodithioate. Furthermore, the internucleoside linker can be any of a number of non-phosphorous-containing linkers known in the art.
- Preferred nucleic acid monomers include naturally occurring nucleosides forming part of the DNA as well as the RNA family connected through phosphodiester linkages. The members of the DNA family include deoxyadenosine, deoxyguanosine, deoxythymidine, and deoxycytidine. The members of the RNA family include adenosine, guanosine, uridine, cytidine, and inosine. Inosine is a non-specific pairing nucleoside and may be used as universal base as discussed above because inosine can pair nearly isoenergetically with A, T, and C.
- Each codon is complemented by an anti-codon. The anticodon has the ability specifically to engage with the codon which it complements. The affinity between the codon and the complementing anti-codon is affected through hydrogen bondings following the well-known Watson-Crick base pairing system. Thus, the anti-codon may be composed of the same kind of nucleic acid monomers as the codon itself.
- The functional entity may comprise one or more functional groups, i.e. groups which eventually form part of the templated molecule. The templated molecule may comprise one or more of the following functional groups either alone or in combination:
- 1. Hydroxyls
- 2. Primary, secondary, tertiary amines
- 3. Carboxylic acids
- 4. Phosphates, phosphonates
- 5. Sulfonates, sulfonamides
- 6. Amides
- 7. Carbamates
- 8. Carbonates
- 9. Ureas
- 10. Alkanes, Alkenes, Alkynes
- 11. Anhydrides
- 12. Ketones
- 13. Aldehydes
- 14. Nitatrates, nitrites
- 15. Imines
- 16. Phenyl and other aromatic groups
- 17. Pyridines, pyrimidines, purines, indole, imidazole, and heterocyclic bases
- 18. Heterocycles
- 19. polycycles
- 20. Flavins
- 21. Halides
- 22. Metals
- 23. Chelates
- 24. Mechanism based inhibitors
- 25. Small molecule catalysts
- 26. Dextrins, saccharides
- 27. Fluorescein, Rhodamine and other fluorophores
- 28. Polyketides, peptides, various polymers
- 29. Enzymes and ribozymes and other biological catalysts
- 30. Functional groups for post-polymerization/post activation coupling of functional groups
- 31. Drugs, e.g., taxol moiety, acyclovir moiety, "natural products"
- 32. Supramolecular structures, e.g. nanoclusters
- 33. Lipids
- 34. Oligonucleotides, oligonucleotide analogs (e.g., PNA, LNA, morpholinos)
- 35. Hydrogen
- Reactive groups relates among other things to groups which form part of the functional entity and are capable of participating in a reaction that forms a connection, either directly or via a suitable bridging molecular entity. Examples of reactive groups are listed below:
- 1. N-carboxyanhydrides (NCA)
- 2. N-thiocarboxyanhydrides (NTA)
- 3. Amines
- 4. Carboxylic acids
- 5. Ketones
- 6. Aldehydes
- 7. Hydroxyls
- 8. Thiols
- 9. Esters
- 10. Thioesters
- 11. conjugated system of double bonds
- 12. Alkyl halides
- 13. Hydrazines
- 14. N-hydroxysuccinimide esters
- 15. Epoxides
- 16. Haloacetyls
- 17. UDP-activated saccharides
- 18. Sulfides
- 19. Cyanates
- 20. Carbonylimidazole
- 21. Thiazinanones
- 22. Phosphines
- 23. Hydroxylamines
- 24. Sulfonates
- 25. Activated nucleotides
- 26. Vinylchloride
- 27. Alkenes, quinines
- According to the present invention, virtually any molecule may be templated using the general method disclosed herein. Examples of compounds which can be synthesised include, but are not limited to, the compounds listed below:
- alpha-, beta-, gamma-, and omega-peptides; mono-, di- and tri-substituted peptides; L- and D-form peptides; Cyclohexane- and cyclopentane-backbone modified beta-peptides; Vinylogous polypeptides; glycopolypeptides; polyamides; vinylogous sulfonamide peptide; polysulfonamide; conjugated peptide (i.e., having prosthetic groups); polyesters; polysaccharides; polycarbamates; polycarbonates; polyureas; poly-peptidylphosphonates; azatides; peptoids (oligo N-substituted glycines); polyethers; ethoxyformacetal oligomers; poly-thioethers; polyethylene glycols (PEG); polyethylenes; polydisulfides; polyarylene sulfides; polynucleotides; PNAs; LNAs; morpholinos; oligo pyrrolinone; polyoximes; polyimines; polyethyleneimine; polyacetates; polystyrenes; polyacetylene; polyvinyl; lipids; phospholipids; glycolipids; polycycles (aliphatic); polycycles (aromatic); polyheterocycles; proteoglycan; polysiloxanes; polyisocyanides; polyisocyanates; polymethacrylates; monofunctional, Difunctional, Trifunctional and Oligofunctional open-chain hydrocarbons; monofunctional, difunctional, trifunctional and oligofunctional nonaromatic carbocycles; monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic and polycyclic hydrocarbons; bridged polycyclic hydrocarbons; monofunctional, difunctional, trifunctional, and oligofunctional nonaromatic heterocycles; monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic, and polycyclic heterocycles, bridged polycyclic heterocycles; monofunctional, difunctional, trifunctional and oligofunctional aromatic carbocycles; monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic, and polycyclic aromatic carbocycles; monofunctional, difunctional, trifunctional and oligofunctional aromatic heterocycles; monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic and polycyclic heterocycles; chelates; fullerenes; steroids; cyclosporin analogs; as well as any combination of the above molecular moieties.
- Selection or screening, commonly referred to as enrichment, of the library of complexes comprising templated molecules with respect to desired activities (for example binding to particular target, catalytic activity, or a particular effect in an activity assay) may be performed according to any standard protocol. For example, affinity selections may be performed according to the principles used for phage displayed, polysome-displayed or mRNA-protein fusion displayed peptides. Selection for catalytic activity may be performed by affinity selections on transition-state analogue affinity columns (Baca et al. , Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci USA. 1997; 94(19):10063-8), or by function-based selection schemes (Pedersen et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA. 1998, 95(18):10523-8). Screening for a desired characteristic may be performed according to standard microtiter plate-based assays, or by FACS-sorting assays.
- Generally, affinity selections involve the immobilisation of a target or a binding partner on a solid support, such as a column. Subsequently, the complex manufactured according to the invention is added to the column under conditions allowing a part of the complexes to bind to the target. The complexes not bound to the target is eluted out of the column and discharged. The part of the complexes attached to the target may be amplified using the template associated with the templated molecule.
- The choice of amplification method depends on the choice of codons and anti-codons. Natural oligonucleotides can be amplified by any state of the art method. These methods include, but is not limited to the polymerase chain reaction (PCR); as wells as e.g. nucleic acid sequence-based amplification (e.g. Compton, Nature 350, 91-92 (1991)), amplified anti-sense RNA (e.g. van Gelder et al., PNAS 85: 77652-77656 (1988)); self-sustained sequence replication system (e.g. Gnatelli et al., PNAS 87: 1874-1878 (1990)); polymerase independent amplification as described in e.g. Schmidt et al., NAR 25: 4797-4802 (1997), as well as in vivo amplification of plasmids carrying cloned DNA fragments. Ligase-mediated amplification methods may also be used, e.g., LCR (Ligase Chain Reaction).
- For non-natural nucleotides the choices of efficient amplification procedures are fewer. As non-natural nucleotides per definition can be incorporated by certain enzymes including polymerases, it will be possible to perform manual polymerase chain reaction by adding the polymerase during each extension cycle.
- For oligonucleotides containing nucleotide analogs, fewer methods for amplification exist. One may use non-enzyme mediated amplification schemes (Schmidt et al., NAR 25: 4797-4802 (1997)). For backbone-modified oligonucleotide analogs such as PNA and LNA, this amplification method may be used. Before or during amplification the templates or complementing templates may be mutagenized or recombined in order to create a larger diversity for the next round of selection or screening.
- Following the amplification of the template part of the complex, the method according to the invention is conducted using the amplification product as the templates. The result is a reduced or enriched library of complexes of a template attached to a template molecule.
- The selection and amplification steps may be repeated if considered necessary to further enrich the library. When the selection and amplification steps are repeated, the binding step involving the target and the complexes, is preferably performed under more strict conditions ensuring that only a part of the complexes adhere to the target.
- The enrichment cycles may be performed 2 to 15 times or even more with enrichment in each cycle of 10 to 1000 times. In one approach, the starting library amounts to 1014 complexes. After seven cycles of enrichments with a 100 fold concentration in each cycle, the complex with the highest affinity to the target should, theoretically, be obtained. However, it is more likely that the final cycles deliver a small pool of interesting complexes, which have to be examined by other means.
- After the final round of selection, it is often desirable to sequence individual templates, in order to determine the composition of individual templated molecules. If the template contains natural nucleotides, it is a standard routine to optionally PCR amplify the isolated templates (if the template is an RNA molecule, it is necessary to use reverse transcriptase to produce cDNA prior to the PCR-amplification), and then clone the DNA fragments into for example plasmids, transform these and then sequence individual plasmid-clones containing one or multiple tandem DNA sequences. In this case, it is practical to design a restriction site in both of the flanking sequences to the central coding sequence of the template (i.e., in the primer binding sites). This will allow easy cloning of the isolated nucleotides. Sequencing can be done by the standard dideoxy chain termination method, or by more classical means such as Maxam-Gilbert sequencing.
- If the template contains non-natural nucleotides, it may not be feasible to clone individual sequences by transfer through a microbial host. However, using bead populations where each bead carries one oligonucleotide sequence, it is possible to clone in vitro, where after all the nucleotides attached to a specific bead may be optionally amplified and then sequenced (Brenner et al., 2000, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 97, 1665-1670). Alternatively, one may dilute the population of isolates adequately, and then aliquot into microtiter plates so that the wells on average contain for example 0.1 templates. By amplifying the single templates by for example PCR, it will now be possible to sequence using standard methods. Of course, this requires that the non-natural nucleotides are substrates for the thermostable polymerase used in the PCR.
- If alternative methods are used that require shorter oligonucleotides it may be desirable to design the starting template so as to contain restriction sites on either side of the encoding/templating region of the template. Thereby, after the final selection round, the templates can be restricted, to obtain a short oligonucleotide encoding the templated molecule, and then these short oligonucleotides can be applied to various analytical procedures.
- It is also possible to sequence the isolates by the use of a DNA array of oligonucleotides with random but predetermined sequences.
- It may also be desirable to sequence the population of isolates as a pool, for example if the sequences are expected to be in register, for example because the initial library consisted of a degenerate sequence based on a polymer sequence with a known (relatively high) desired activity. Therefore, it is then expected that all the isolates have sequences similar to the initial sequence of the templates before selection. Thus, the population of isolates can be sequenced as a whole, to obtain a consensus sequence for the population as a whole.
- The present invention is also directed to approaches that allow selection of small molecules capable of binding to different targets. The template-displaying molecule technology contains a built-in function for direct selection and amplification. The binding of the selected molecule should be selective in that they only coordinate to a specific target and thereby prevent or induce a specific biological effect. Ultimately, these binding molecules should be possible to use e.g. as therapeutic agents, or as diagnostic agents.
- Template-displaying molecule libraries can easily be combined with screenings, selections, or assays to assess the effect of binding of a molecule ligand on the function of the target. In a more specific embodiment, the template-displaying method provides a rapid means for isolating and identifying molecule ligands which bind to supra-molecular, macro-supra-molecular, macro-molecular and low-molecular structures (e.g. nucleic acids and proteins, including enzymes, receptors, antibodies, and glycoproteins); signal molecules (e.g. cAMP, inositol triphosphate, peptides, prostaglandins); and surfaces (e.g. metal, plastic, composite, glass, ceramics, rubber, skin, tissue).
- Specifically, selection or partitioning in this context means any process whereby the template-displaying molecule complex bound to a target molecule, i.e. the complex-target pair, can be separated from template-displaying molecules not bound to the target molecule. Selection can be accomplished by various methods known in the art.
- The selection strategy can be carried out so it allows selection against almost any target. Importantly, no steps in this selection strategy need any detailed structural information of the target or the molecules in the libraries. The entire process is driven by the binding affinity involved in the specific recognition/coordination of the molecules in the library to a given target. However, in some applications, if needed, functionality can also be included analogous to selection for catalytic activity using phage display (Soumillion et al. (1994) J. Mol. Biol. 237: 415-22; Pedersen et al. (1998) PNAS. 18: 10523-10528). Example of various selection procedures are described below.
- This built-in template-displaying molecule selection process is well suited for optimizations, where the selection steps are made in series starting with the selection of binding molecules and ends with the optimized binding molecule. The single procedures in each step are possible to automate using various robotic systems. This is because there is a sequential flow of events and where each event can be performed separately. In a most preferable setting, a suitable template-displaying molecule library and the target molecule are supplied to a fully automatic system which finally generates the optimized binding molecule. Even more preferably, this process should run without any need of external work outside the robotic system during the entire procedure.
- The libraries of template-displayed molecules will contain molecules that could potentially coordinate to any known or unknown target. The region of binding on a target could be into a catalytic site of an enzyme, a binding pocket on a receptor (e.g. GPCR), a protein surface area involved in protein-protein interaction (especially a hot-spot region), and a specific site on DNA (e.g. the major groove). The template-displaying molecule technology will primarily identify molecules that coordinate to the target molecule. The natural function of the target could either be stimulated (agonized) or reduced (antagonized) or be unaffected by the binding of the template-displaying molecules. This will be dependent on the precise binding mode and the particular binding-site the template-displaying molecules occupy on the target.
- However, it is known that functional sites (e.g. protein-protein interaction or catalytic sites) on different proteins are more prone to bind molecules that other more neutral surface areas on a protein. In addition, these functional sites normally contain a smaller region that seems to be primarily responsible for the binding energy, the so called hot-spot regions (Wells, et al. (1993) Recent Prog. Hormone Res. 48; 253-262). This phenomenon will increase the possibility to directly select for small molecules that will affect the biological function of a certain target.
- The template-displaying molecule technology of the invention will permit selection procedures analogous to other display methods such as phage display (Smith (1985) Science 228: 1315-1317). Phage display selection has been used successfully on peptides (Wells & Lowman. (1992) Curr. Op. Struct. Biol. 2, 597-604) proteins (Marks et al. (1992) J. Biol. Chem. 267: 16007-16010) and antibodies (Winter et al. (1994) Annu. Rev. Immunol. 12: 433-455). Similar selection procedures are also exploited for other types of display systems such as ribosome display (Mattheakis et al. (1994) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 91: 9022-9026) and mRNA display (Roberts, et al. (1997) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 94: 12297-302).
- The linkage between the templated molecule (displayed molecule) and DNA replication unit (coding template) allows an identification of binding molecules using various selection strategies. This invention allows a broad strategy in identifying binding molecules against essentially any known target. In addition, this technology will also allow discovery of novel unknown targets by isolating binding molecules against unknown antigens (epitopes) and use these binding molecules for identification and validation.
- As will be understood, selection of binding molecules from the template-displaying molecule libraries can be performed in any format to identify optimal binding molecules. A typical selection procedure against a purified target will include the following major steps: Generation of a template-displaying molecule library: Immobilization of the target molecule using a suitable immobilization approach; Adding the library to allow binding of the template-displayed molecules; Removing of the non-binding template-displayed molecules; Elution of the template-displayed molecules bound to the immobilized target; Amplification of enriched template-displaying molecules for identification by sequencing or to input for the next round of selection. The general steps are schematically shown in
Figure 12 . - In a preferred embodiment, a standard selection protocol using a template-displaying molecule library is to use the bio-panning method. In this technique, the target (e.g. protein or peptide conjugate) is immobilized onto a solid support and the template-displayed molecules that potentially coordinate to the target are the ones that are selected and enriched. However, the selection procedure requires that the bound template-displayed molecules can be separated from the unbound ones, i.e. those in solution. There are many ways in which this might be accomplished as known to ordinary skilled in the art.
- The first step in the affinity enrichment cycle is when the template-displayed molecules showing low affinity for an immobilized target are washed away, leaving the strongly binding template-displayed molecules attached to the target. The enriched population, remaining bound to the target after the stringent washing, is then eluted with, e.g. acid, chaotropic salts, heat, competitive elution with the known ligand or proteolytic release of the target/template molecules. The eluted template-displayed molecules are suitable for PCR, leading to many orders of amplification, i.e. every single template-displayed molecule enriched in the first selection round participates in the further rounds of selection at a greatly increased copy number. After typically three to ten rounds of enrichment a population of molecules is obtained which is greatly enriched for the template-displayed molecules which bind most strongly to the target. This is followed quantitatively by assaying the proportion of template-displaying molecules which remain bound to the immobilized target. The variant template sequences are then individually sequenced.
- Immobilisation of the target (peptide, protein, DNA or other antigen) on beads might be useful where there is doubt that the target will adsorb to the tube (e.g. unfolded targets eluted from SDS-PAGE gels). The derivatised beads can then be used to select from the template-displaying molecules, simply by sedimenting the beads in a bench centrifuge. Alternatively, the beads can be used to make an affinity column and the template-displaying libraries suspension recirculated through the column. There are many reactive matrices available for immobilizing the target molecule, including for instance attachment to -NH2 groups and -SH groups. Magnetic beads are essentially a variant on the above; the target is attached to magnetic beads which are then used in the selection. Activated beads are available with attachment sites for -NH2 or -COOH groups (which can be used for coupling). The target can be also be blotted onto nitrocellulose or PVDF. When using a blotting strategy, it is important to make sure the strip of blot used is blocked after immobilization of the target (e.g. with BSA or similar protein).
- In another preferred embodiment, the selection or partitioning can also be performed using for example: Immunoprecipitation or indirect immunoprecipitation were the target molecule is captured together with template-displaying binding molecules; affinity column chromatography were the target is immobilized on a column and the template-displaying libraries are flowed through to capture target-binding molecules; gel-shift (agarose or polyacrylamide) were the selected template-displaying molecules migrate together with the target in the gel; FACS sorting to localize cells that coordinates template-displaying molecules; CsCl gradient centrifugation to isolate the target molecule together template-displaying binding molecules; Mass spectroscopy to identify target molecules which are labelled with template-displaying molecules; etc., without limitation. In general, any method where the template-displaying molecule/target complex can be separated from template-displaying molecules not bound to the target is useful.
Table 1: Examples of selection method possible to use to identify binding molecules using the template-displaying technology. Type of Target Method of choice Soluble receptors Direct immobilization, Immunoprecipitation, affinity column, FACS sorting, MS. Cell surface receptor Cell-surface subtraction selection, FACS sorting, Affinity column. Enzyme inhibitors Direct immobilization, lmmunoprecipitation, affinity column, FACS sorting, MS. Surface epitopes Cell-surface subtraction selection, in-vivo selection, FACS sorting, Affinity column. - Elution of template-displayed molecules can be performed in different ways. The binding molecules can be released from the target molecule by denaturation, acid, or chaotropic salts and then transferred to another vial for amplification. Alternatively, the elution can be more specific to reduce the background. Elution can be accomplished using proteolysis to cleave a linker between the target and the immobilizing surface or between the displaying molecule and the template. Also, elution can be accomplished by competition with a known ligand. Alternatively, the PCR reaction can be performed directly in the washed wells at the end of the selection reaction.
- A possible feature of the invention is the fact that the binding molecules need not be elutable from the target to be selectable since only the encoding template DNA is needed for further amplification or cloning, not the binding molecule itself. It is known that some selection procedure can bind the most avid ligands so tightly as to be very difficult to elute. However the method of the invention can successfully be practiced to yield avid ligands, even covalent binding ligands.
- Alternative selection protocol includes a known ligand as fragment of each displayed molecule in the library. That known ligand will guide the selection by coordinate to a defined part on the target molecule and focus the selection to molecules that binds to the same region. This could be especially useful for increasing the affinity for a ligand with a desired biological function but with a too low potency.
- A further aspect of the present invention relates to methods of increasing the diversity or complexity of a single or a mixture of selected binding molecules. After the initial selection, the enriched molecules can be altered to further increase the chemical diversity or complexity of the displayed molecules. This can be performed using various methods known to the art. For example, using synthesized randomized oligonucleotides, spiked oligonucleotides or random mutagenesis. The randomization can be focused to allow preferable codons or localized to a predetermined portion or sub-sequence of the template nucleotide sequence. Other preferable method is to recombine templates coding for the binding molecules in a similar manner as DNA shuffling is used on homologous genes for proteins (Stemmer (1994) Nature 370:389-91). This approach can be used to recombine initial libraries or more preferably to recombine enriched encoding templates.
- In another embodiment of the invention when binding molecules against specific antigens that is only possible to express on a cell surface, e.g. ion channels or transmembrane receptors, is required, the cells particle themselves can be used as the selection agent. In this sort of approach, cells lacking the specific target should be used to do one or more rounds of negative selection or be present in large excess in the selection process. Here, irrelevant template-displayed molecules are removed. For example, for a positive selection against a receptor expressed on whole cells, the negative selection would be against the untransformed cells. This approach is also called subtraction selection and has successfully been used for phage display on antibody libraries (Hoogenboom et al. (1998) Immunotech. 4: 1-20).
- A specific example of a selection procedure can involve selection against cell surface receptors that become internalized from the membrane so that the receptor together with the selected binding molecule can make its way into the cell cytoplasm or cell nucleus. Depending on the dissociation rate constant for specific selected binding molecules, these molecules largely reside after uptake in either the cytoplasm or the nucleus.
- The skilled person in the art will acknowledge that the selection process can be performed in any setup where the target is used as the bait onto which the template-displaying molecules can coordinate.
- The selection methods of the present invention can be combined with secondary selection or screening to identify molecule ligands capable of modifying target molecule function upon binding. Thus, the methods described herein can be employed to isolate or produce binding molecules which bind to and modify the function of any protein or nucleic acid. It is contemplated that the method of the present invention can be employed to identify, isolate or produce binding molecules which will affect catalytic activity of target enzymes, i.e., inhibit catalysis or modifying substrate binding, affect the functionality of protein receptors, i.e., inhibit binding to receptors or modify the specificity of binding to receptors; affect the formation of protein multimers, i.e., disrupt quaternary structure of protein subunits; and modify transport properties of protein, i.e., disrupt transport of small molecules or ions by proteins.
- A still further aspect of the present invention relates to methods allowing functionality in the selection process can also be included. For example, when enrichment against a certain target have been performed generation a number of different hits, these hits can then directly be tested for functionality (e.g. cell signalling). This can for example be performed using fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS).
- The altered phenotype may be detected in a wide variety of ways. Generally, the changed phenotype is detected using, for example: microscopic analysis of cell morphology; standard cell viability assays, including both increased cell death and increased cell viability; standard labelling assays such as fluorometric indicator assays for the presence of level of particular cell or molecule, including FACS or other dye staining techniques; biochemical detection of the expression of target compounds after killing the cells; etc. In some cases, specific signalling pathways can be probed using various reporter gene constructs.
- Secondary selection methods that can be combined with template-displaying molecule technology include among others selections or screens for enzyme inhibition, alteration or substrate binding, loss of functionality, disruption of structure, etc. Those of ordinary skill in the art are able to select among various alternatives of selection or screening methods that are compatible with the methods described herein.
- The binding molecules of the invention can be selected for other properties in addition to binding, For example, during selection; stability to certain conditions of the desired working environment of the end product can be included as a selection criterion. If binding molecules which are stable in the presence of a certain protease is desired, that protease can be part of the buffer medium used during selection. Similarly, the selection can also be performed in serum or cell extracts or any type of media. As will be understood, when utilizing this template-displaying approach, conditions which disrupt or degrade the template should be avoided to allow amplification. Other desired properties can be incorporated, directly into the displaying molecules as will be understood by those skilled in the art. For example, membrane affinity can be included as a property by employing building blocks with high hydrophobicity.
- Molecules selected by the template-displaying molecule technology can be produced by various synthetic methods. Chemical synthesis can be accomplished since the structure of selected binding molecules is readily obtained form the nucleic acid sequence of the coding template. Chemical synthesis of the selected molecules is also possible because the building blocks that compose the binding molecules are also known in addition to the chemical reactions that assemble them together.
- In a preferred embodiment, the selected binding molecules is synthesized and tested in various appropriate in vitro and in vivo testing to verify the selected candidates for biological effects and potency. This may be done in a variety of ways, as will be appreciated by those in the art, and may depend on the composition of the bioactive molecule.
- In another aspect, the present invention provides methods to identify or isolate targets that are involved in pathological processes or other biological events. In this aspect, the target molecules are again preferably proteins or nucleic acids, but can also include, among others, carbohydrates and various molecules to which specific molecule ligand binding can be achieved. In principal, the template-displaying molecule technology could be used to select for specific epitopes on antigens found on cells, tissues or in vivo. These epitopes might belong to a target that is involved in important biological events. In addition, these epitopes might also be involved in the biological function of the target.
- Phage display with antibodies and peptide libraries has been used numerous times successfully in identifying new cellular antigens. (e.g. Pasqualini et al. (1996) Nature 380: 364-366; Pasqualini et al. (2000) Cancer Res. 60: 722-727; Scheffer et al. (2002) Br J Cancer 86: 954-962; Kupsch et al. (1999) Clin Cancer Res. 5: 925-931; Tseng-Law et al. (1999) Exp. Hematol. 27: 936-945; Gevorkian et al. (1998) Clin. Immunol. Immunopathol. 86: 305-309). Especially effective have been selection directly on cells suspected to express cell-specific antigens. Importantly, when selecting for cell-surface antigen, the template molecule can be maintained outside the cell. This will increase the probability that the template molecule will be intact after release for the cell surface.
- In vivo selection of template-displayed molecules has tremendous potential. By selecting from libraries of template-displayed molecules in vivo it is possible to isolate molecules capable of homing specifically to normal tissues and other pathological tissues (e.g. tumours). This principle has been illustrated using phage display of peptide libraries (Pasqualini & Ruoslathi (1996) Nature 280: 364-366). This system has also been used in humans to identify peptide motifs that localized to different organs (Arap et al. (2002) Nat. Med. 2:121-127). A similar selection procedure could be used for the template-displaying libraries: The coding DNA in phage display protected effectively by the phage particle allows selection in vivo. Accordingly, the stability of the template in vivo will be important for amplification and identification. The template can be stabilised using various nucleotide derivatives in a similar way as have been used to stabilise aptamers for in vivo applications (Nolte (1996) Nature Biotechnol. 14: 1116-1121; Pagratis et al. (1997) Nature Biotechnol. 15: 68-72). However, it is reasonable to believe that the template structure will be stabilized against degradation due to the modified bases used for encoding the displayed molecule. Other types of protection are also possible where the template molecule is shielded for the solution using various methods. This could include for example liposomes, pegylation, binding proteins or other sorts of protection. The template molecule could also be integrated into another designed structure that protects the template form external manipulation. Fort example, the linker can be design to be incorporated in vesicles to position the templates inside the vesicle and the displaying molecules on the outside. The arrangement will protect the template molecules from external manipulate and at the same time allow exposure of the displaying molecules to permit selection.
- Most antibodies have a large concave binding area which requires to some degree protruding epitopes on the antigens. Also, the antibody molecule is a large macromolecule (150 KDa) which will sterically reduce the access for a number of different antigens (e.g. on a cell surface). The template-displaying technology should be able to access and recognize epitopes inaccessible to antibodies. The small binding molecules will be able to bind into active sites, grooves and other areas on an antigen. The coding template element is also smaller that an antibody which will increase the physical access of the template-binding molecule par. In addition, the diversity and complexity of the template-displaying molecule libraries will be much greater compare to peptide libraries. This will increase the possibility to find molecules that can coordinate to epitopes inaccessible to peptides due to inadequate chemistry. All together, the template-displaying molecule technology has the potential to identify novel antigens which is not possible to identify with antibodies or peptides. One of ordinary skill in the art will acknowledge that various types of cells can be used in the selection procedure. It will also be understood that the selection for new antigens can be performed using subtraction methods as described previously.
- Another aspect of the present invention relates to methods to validate the identified target. The identified binding molecules can directly be used if they change the biological response of the target. This can be done either in vitro using any direct or cell-based assay or directly in vivo studying any phenotypic response. The strength of this approach is that the same molecules are used both for identification and validation of various targets. Most favourable, the binding molecules could also directly be used as therapeutic agents.
- In another preferred embodiment, the template-displaying molecules are used to pull out the target molecules. This can for instance be achieved by selection against a cDNA library expressed on bacteriophage (libraries vs. libraries). By mixing a template-displaying molecule library with a cDNA library it will be possible to find binding pairs between the small molecules in the template-displaying molecule library and proteins from the cDNA library. One possibility is to mix a phage display library with a template display library and do a selection for either the phage or template library. The selected library is then plated to localized phage clones and the DNA coding for the phage and template displayed molecules can then be identified using PCR. Other types of libraries than cDNA could also be used such as nucleic acids, carbohydrates, synthetic polymer.
- In another embodiment of the invention the template-displaying molecule technology can be used to account for in vivo and in vitro drug metabolism. That could include both phase I (activation) and phase II (detoxification) reactions. The major classes of reactions are oxidation, reduction, and hydrolysis. Other enzymes catalyze conjugations. These enzymes could be used as targets in a selection process to eliminate displayed molecule that are prone to coordinate to these enzymes. The templates corresponding to these displayed molecules could subsequently be used to compete or eliminate these molecules when making template-displaying molecule libraries. These obtained libraries will then be free of molecules that will have a tendency of binding to enzymes involved in phase I-II and possible be faster eliminated. For instance, a selection on each separate enzyme or any combination of cytochrome P450 enzymes, flavin monooxygenase, monoamine oxidase, esterases, amidases, hydrolases, reductases, dehydrogenases, oxidases UDP-glucuronosyltransferases, glutathione S-transferases as well as other relevant enzymes could be performed to identify these binding molecules that are prone to coordinate to these metabolic enzymes. Inhibitors are easily selected for due to their binding affinity but substrates need at least micro molar affinity to be identified.
- Another interesting embodiment of this invention is the possibility to directly select for molecules that passively or actively becomes transported across epithelial plasma membrane, or other membranes. One possible selection assay is to use CaCO-2 cells, a human colon epithelial cell line, which is general, accepted as a good model for the epithelial barrier in the gastrointestinal guts. The CaCO-2 assay involves growing a human colon epithelial cell line on tissue culture well inserts, such that the resultant monolayer forms a biological barrier between apical and basolateral compartments. The template-displaying molecule libraries are placed either side of the cell monolayer and the molecules that can permeate the cell monolayer is collected and amplified. This process can be repeated until active molecules have been identified. Other cell line or setup of this assay is possible and is obvious for skill in the art.
- A still further aspect of the present invention relates methods of selecting for stability of the selected molecules. This could be performed by subjecting an enriched pool of binding molecules to an environment that will possibly degrade or change the structure of the binding molecules. Various conditions could be certain proteases or a mixture of protease, cell extract, and various fluids from for example the gastrointestinal gut. Other conditions could be various salts or acid milieu or elevated temperature. Another possibility is to generate a library of known ligands and subject that library to stability tests and selection to identify stable molecules under certain conditions as describe above.
- The template-displaying molecule technology of the invention may be used for blocking or stimulating various targets. A therapeutically relevant target is a substance that is known or suspected to be involved in a regulating process that is malfunctioning and thus leads to a disease state. Examples of such processes are receptor-ligand interaction, transcription-DNA interaction, and cell-cell interaction involving adhesion molecules, cofactor-enzyme interaction, and protein-protein interaction in intracellular signalling. Target molecule means any compound of interest for which a molecule ligand is desired. Thus, target can, for example, include a chemical compound, a mixture of chemical compounds, an array of spatially localized compounds, a biological macromolecule, such as DNA or mRNA, a bacteriophage peptide display library, a ribosome peptide display library, an extract made from biological materials such as bacteria, plants, fungi, or animal (e.g. mammalian) cells or tissue, protein, fusion protein, peptide, enzyme, receptor, receptor ligand, hormone, antigen, antibody, drug, dye, growth factor, lipid, substrate, toxin, virus, or the like etc., without limitation. Other examples of targets include, e.g. a whole cell, a whole tissue, a mixture of related or unrelated proteins, a mixture of viruses or bacterial strains or the like. etc., without limitation.
- Therapeutic drug targets can be divided into different classes according to function; receptors, enzymes, hormones, transcription factors, ion channels, nuclear receptors, DNA, (Drews, J. (2000) Science 287:1960-1964). Among those, receptors, nuclear receptors, and metabolic enzymes constitute overwhelmingly the majority of known targets for existing drugs. Especially, G Protein-Coupled Receptors (GPCR) constitutes one of the most important classes of drug targets together with proteases for pharmacological intervention. Although the above examples are focused on the most relevant targets, it will be self-evident for a person skilled in the art that any other therapeutic target may be of interest.
- The present invention employing the template-displaying molecule technology can be utilized to identify agonists or antagonists for all these classes of drug targets, dependent on the specific properties each target holds. Most of the targets are possible to obtain in a purified form for direct selection procedures. Other targets have to be used when they are in their native environments such as imbedded cell surface receptors. In those situations the selection using the template-displaying molecule libraries can be performed using subtraction-selection described previously.
- One specific application of the template-displaying molecule technology of the invention is to generate molecules that can function as antagonists, where the molecules block the interaction between a receptor and one or more ligands. Another application includes cell targeting. For example, the generated molecules recognizing specific surface proteins or receptors will be able to bind to certain cell types. Such molecules may in addition carry another therapeutic agent to increase the potency and reduce the side-effects (for example cancer treatment). Applications involving antiviral agents are also included. For example, a generated molecule, which binds strongly to epitopes on the virus particle, may be useful as an antiviral agent. Another specific application of the template-displaying molecule technology of the invention is to generate molecules that can function as agonists, where the molecules stimulate or activate a receptor to initiate a cellular signalling pathway.
- The following figures are referred to in this description:
-
Fig.1 shows a reproduction of a PAGE gel displaying cross-linking of amino functionalities of two oligonucleotides annealed to a common template. -
Fig. 2 shows a reproduction of a PAGE gel showing two oligonucleotides annealed to common template and cross-linked with a spacing of 0, 1, 2, and 30 base pair. -
Fig. 3 shows a reproduction of a PAGE gel displaying cross-linking of two oligonucleotides terminated with a amine and carboxylic acid, respectively. -
Fig. 4 shows a reproduction of a PAGE gel showing the influence of different pH profiles on cross-linking efficiency. -
Fig. 5 shows a reproduction of a PAGE gel showing the influence of different pH profiles on cross-linking efficiency. -
Fig. 6 shows a reproduction of a PAGE gel displaying cross-linking efficiency atpH 9. -
Fig. 7 shows a reproduction of a PAGE gel displaying cross-linking efficiency atpH 10. -
Fig. 8 shows a reproduction of a PAGE gel analysing the effect of absence of template when a 10 mer zipper box is used. -
Fig. 9 shows a reproduction of a PAGE gel analysing the effect higher incubation temperature on the cross-linking efficiency. -
Fig. 10 shows an image of a PAGE gel displaying the effect of a 5 mer zipper box on the cross-linking efficiency. -
Fig. 11 shows an image of a PAGE gel displaying the effect of different temparatures on the cross-linking efficiency when a 10 mer zipper box is used. -
Fig. 12 shows a schematic drawing of the general principle used in the experimants. -
Fig. 13 shows a schematic drawing of the use of a dimerisation domain in the synthesis of (A) a scaffolded molecules and (B) a polymeric molecule. -
Fig. 14 shows a preferred embodiment of the general principle. -
Fig. 15 shows a LC-chromatogram of the transfer of two identical functional entities to a scaffold molecule. -
Fig. 16 disclose two oligo setups used in the examples. -
Fig. 17 shows the results of experiment A and B in example 15. -
Fig. 18 shows the results of experiment D, E, and F reported in Example 16. -
Fig. 19 discloses the results of experiment A and B reported in example 17. -
Fig. 20 discloses the results of example 17. -
Fig. 21 shows the results of the experiments conducted in example 18. -
Fig. 22 shows the results of the experiments disclosed in example 19. -
Fig. 23 shows the results of Experiments A to B reported in example 20. -
Fig. 24 discloses the results of experiments E to H reported in example 21. -
Fig. 25 shows the results of example 21. - In
figure 13 , a schematic drawing of the use of a dimerisation domain in the synthesis of (A) a scaffolded molecule and (B) a polymeric molecule is showed. When templating a scaffolded molecule (containing in this example four reactive groups of the same kind, Y), it is convenient to use four building blocks with identical zipper boxes ("b"), and one building block (carrying the four reactive groups Y) with a zipper box ("a") that is complementary to ("b"). When templating a polymeric molecule one may alternate between the zipper identity, i.e. first building block carries a zipper box ("a"), second building block in the array carries ("b") that dimerize with ("a"), third building block carries ("a"), etc. - The preferred embodiment shown in
Fig. 14 increases the local concentration of the reactive groups X and Y, by bringing X and Y into closer proximity through the dimerization of two zipper boxes. In this example, three building blocks are shown, each carrying a zipper box, two of which having the same sequence ("a") and one is the complementary sequence ("b"). First, the building blocks are annealed to the template at a medium temperature (where the interaction between the zipper boxes is insignificant). Then the temperature is decreased to a lower temperature where two complementary zipper domains ("a" (of the first building block) and "b" (of the second building block)) anneal to each other. This brings X and Y into close proximity, and X and Y may react to form YX. In the example, the reaction between X and Y involves a transfer of X from the first building block to the second building block carrying Y. When the temperature is increased to a medium temperature the zipper box dissociates. When the temperature is then lowered the zipper domain of the second building block may anneal to the zipper box of the third building block (which carries a reactive group X). As a result, this X may now be transferred to the second building block, as a result of the increased proximity and hence increased reactivity between X and Y. - In order to examine the reaction efficiency between two reactive groups, each coupled to a oligonucleotide, when the two oligos are annealed to neighbouring sites on the same template, the general set-up shown immediately below was used. The two oligos contain terminal nucleotides (X, Y, and Z) derivatized with a carboxylic acid or an amine, as described below the figure. After reaction ("cross-linking") of the reactive groups on the termini of the two oligos, the cross-linking efficiency was analyzed by polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis, as the two oligos become coupled as a result of this cross-linking, and therefore migrate slower through the column.
-
- Ah 1: 5'- GCTACTCGTACGAGX
- Ah 3: 5'- GCTACTCGTACGAGY
- Ah 5: 5'- GCTACTCGTACGAGZ
- Ah 2: 5'- XCACTTGCAGACAGC
- Ah 4: 5'- YCACTTGCAGACAGC
- Ah 6: 5'- ZCACTTGCAGACAGC
- Ah 14: 5'-GCTACTCGTACGAG
- Ah 23: 5'- GCTACTGGCATCGGX
- Ah 24:5'- GCTACTGGCATCGGY
- Ah 27:5'- YCACTTGCAGACAGC
-
- Zipper box sequences are underlined.
- X= Carboxy-dT
- Y= Amino-Modifier C2 dT
- Z= Amino-Modifier C6 dT
-
- Ah 28: 5'-GCTGTCTGCAAGTGAACCGATGCCAGTAGC
- Ah 38: 5'- AGCTGGATGCTCGACAGGTCCCGATGCAATCCAGAGG TCG
- The templates was prepared by conventional phosphoramidate synthesis.
-
- Buffer A (100 mM Hepes pH= 7,5, 1 M NaCl)
- Buffer B: (100 mM NaPO4 pH=6, 1 M NaCl)
- Buffer C: (100 mM NaBorate pH=9, 1 M NaCl)
- Buffer D: (100 mM NaBorate pH=10, 1 M NaCl)
- Buffer E: (500 mM NaPO4 pH=7, 1 M NaCl)
- Buffer F: (500 mM NaPO4 pH=8, 1 M NaCl)
- Mix oligos in relevant buffer and heat at 80° C then cool to 28° C (-2°C/30 sek).
- Mix 200 pmol oligonucleotide, 2 µl 10 x phosphorylation buffer (Promega cat#4103), 1 µl T4 Polynucleotid Kinase (Promega cat#4103), 1 µl γ-32P ATP, H2O ad 20 µl. Incubate at 37°C , 10-30 minutes.
- The samples are mixed with formamide dye 1:1 (98% formamide, 10 mM EDTA,
pH 8, 0,025 % Xylene Cyanol, 0,025% Bromphenol Blue), incubate at 80°C for 2 minutes, and run on a denaturing 10% polyacrylamide gel. Develop gel using autoradiography (Kodak, BioMax film). -
Mix 2 µl Buffer A, 2 µl relevant oligo 1 (2 pmol/ul), 2 µl relevant oligo 2 (2 pmol/ul), 4 µl relevant oligo 3 (2 pmol/ul) (See table I, below).Table I: Experiment Oligo 1 (32P-labelled) Oligo 2Oligo 3 A Ah 3Ah 4Ah 7 B Ah 5 Ah 6Ah 7 C Ah 5 Ah 6None D Ah 5 Ah 6Ah 8 E Ah 5 Ah 6Ah 9 F Ah 14 Ah 6Ah 7 - Anneal as described above. Add 1
µl 100 mM, 1µl 10 mM, or 0,1µl 10 mM TSAT (Tris-succinimidyl aminotriacetate, Pierce cat#33063 dissolved in DMSO). Incubate at 25° C for about 1h, then analyze by 10% urea polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis. - The results are shown in
Fig. 1 . -
Mix 2 µl Buffer A, 2 µl relevant oligo 1 (0,2 pmol/ul), 1 µl relevant oligo 2 (10 pmol/ul), 1 µl relevant oligo 3 (10 pmol/µl), 4 µl H2O. (See table II, below)Table II: Experiment Oligo 1 (32P-labelled) Oligo 2Oligo 3 G Ah5 Ah6 None H Ah5 Ah6 Ah7 I Ah5 Ah6 Ah8 J Ah5 Ah6 Ah9 K Ah5 Ah6 Ah11 - Anneal as described above. Add 1
µl 100 mM , 10 mM or 1 mM TSAT (Tris-succinimidyl aminotriacetate, Pierce cat#33063 dissolved in DMSO). Incubate at 25° C for about 5 h, then run 10% urea polyacrylamide gel, as described above. - The results are shown in
Fig. 2 -
Mix 2 µl Buffer A, 2 µl relevant oligo 1 ( 0,2 pmol/ul), 1 µl relevant oligo 2 (10 pmol/ul), 1 µl relevant oligo 3 (10 pmol/ul), 4 µl H2O. ( See table III, below)Table III: Experiment Oligo 1 (32P-labelled) Oligo 2Oligo 3 L Ah 1 Ah 6None M Ah 1 Ah 6Ah 7 N Ah 1 Ah 6Ah 8 O Ah 1 Ah 6Ah 9 P Ah 1 Ah 6Ah 11 - Anneal as described above. Add 1
µl 1M, 100 mM , 10 mM or 1 mM EDC (1-Ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl) Carbodiimide Hydrochloride, Fluka #03450) and 1µl 100 mM NHS (N-Hydroxysuccinimid) (Aldrich cat # 13,067-2). Incubation at 25° C for about 5 h, and analyze by 10% urea polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis, as described above. - The results are shown in
Fig. 3 . -
Mix 2 µl buffer A, B, C, D, E or F, 2 µl relevant oligo 1 ( 0,2 pmol/ul), 1 µl relevant oligo 2 (10 pmol/ul), 1 µl relevant oligo 3 (10 pmol/ul), 4 µl H2O. ( See table IV, below)Table IV: Experiment Oligo 1 (32P-labelled) Oligo 2Oligo 3 Q Ah 1 Ah 6Ah 7 R Ah 5 Ah 6Ah 7 - Anneal as described above. Experiment Q is added 1
µl 100 mM EDC and 1µl 100 mM NHS . Experiment R is added 1µl 100 mM TSAT. Incubate at 25° C for about 1,5 h, and then analyze by 10% urea polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis. - The results are shown in
Fig. 4 . -
Mix 2 µl bufferA or D, 2 µl relevant oligo 1 (0,2 pmol/ul), 2 µl relevant oligo 2 (10 pmol/ul), 2 µl relevant oligo 3 (10 pmol/ul), 2 µl H2O. ( See table V, below).Table V: Experiment Oligo 1 (32P-labelled) Oligo 2Oligo 3 S Ah 5 Ah 6Ah 7 T Ah 14 Ah 6Ah 7 - Anneal as described above. Add 1
µl 100 mM TSAT. Incubate at 25° C for about 1,5 h, and then analyze by 10% urea polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis. - The results are shown
Fig. 5 . -
Mix 2 µl bufferA , B or D , 1 µl relevant oligo 1 (2 pmol/ul), 1 µl relevant oligo 2 (10 pmol/ul), 1 µl relevant oligo 3 (10 pmol/ul), 5 µl H2O. ( See table VI, below).Table VI: Experiment Oligo 1 (32P-labelled) Oligo 2Oligo 3 UA (Buffer A) Ah 23Ah 27Ah 28 VA (Buffer A) Ah 23Ah 27None UB (Buffer B) Ah 23 Ah 27Ah 28 VB (Buffer B) Ah 23 Ah 27None X (Buffer D) Ah 24Ah 27Ah 28 Y (Buffer D) Ah 24Ah 27None - Anneal as described above. Experiment U and V is added 1
µl 100 mM EDC and 1µl 100 mM NHS, incubated for about 1 h at 24°C, and then added 2 µl buffer C, then incubated for 30 minuttes at 24°C. Experiment X and Y is added 2 µl 50 mM TSAT. Incubate at 24° C for about 1.5 h, and then analyzed by 10% urea polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis, as described above. - The results are shown in
Fig. 6 . -
Mix 2 µl first Buffer (See below) , 1 µl Ah 23 (2 pmol/ul), 1 µl Ah 27 (10 pmol/ul), 1 µl Ah28 (10 pmol/ul), 5 µl H2O. Anneal as described above, then add 1µl 100 mM NHS and 1 µl 1 M EDC, incubate for 30 minutes at 24°C, then add 3 µl second buffer (See below). Incubate for 40 minutes at 24°C, and then analyze by 10% urea polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis.Table VII: Experiments First Buffer Second Buffer 7-1 Buffer A Buffer A 7-2 Buffer A Buffer C 7-3 Buffer A Buffer D 7-4 Buffer B Buffer D 7-5 Buffer B Buffer C - The results are shown in
Fig. 7 . - Mix 8-1:
Mix 2 µl buffer B, 5 µl Ah36 (0,4 pmol/ul), 1 µl Ah37 (2 pmol/ul), 1 µl Ah38 (2 pmol/ul), 1 µl H2O. - Mix 8-2:
Mix 2 µl buffer B, 5 µl Ah36 (0,4 pmol/ul), 1 µl Ah37 (2 pmol/ul), 2 µl H2O. Anneal by heating to 80° C, then cool to 44° C (-2°C/30 sek). - Add 1
µl 100 mM NHS and 1 µl 1 M EDC. Incubate at indicated temperatures (see below) for 45 minutes, then add 2 µl Buffer D. Incubate for about 2 h, and then analyze by 10% urea polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis. - Incubation temperatures:
- 45 °C, 48,2 °C, 53,0 °C, 58,5 °C, 63,1 °C, 65,6 °C
- The results are shown in
Fig. 8 . - Mix 9-1:
Mix 2 µl buffer B, 1 µl Ah36 (2 pmol/ul), 1 µl Ah51 (2 pmol/ul), 1 µl Ah38(2 pmol/ul), 5 µl H2O. - Mix 9-2:
Mix 2 µl buffer B, 1 µl Ah36 (2 pmol/ul), 1 µl Ah51 (2 pmol/ul), 6 µl H2O Anneal by heating to 80°C, then cool to 35° C (-2°C/30 sek)(Fortemperatures 1 to 6), or heat to 80°C, then cool to 15°C (-2°C/30sek)(Fortemperatures 7 to 12). - Add 1
µl 100 mM NHS and 1 µl 1 M EDC. Incubate at indicated temperatures (see below) for 1 h, then add 2 µl Buffer D. Incubate for 1 h, , and then analyze by 10% urea polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis, as described above. - Incubation temperatures:
- 1) 34,9°C, 2) 36,3°C, 3) 40,3°C, 4) 45,7°C, 5) 51,0°C, 6) 55,77, 7) 14,9°C, 8) 17,8°C, 9) 22,7°C, 10) 28,3°C, 11) 31,0°C, 12) 36°C
- Mix 9-3:
Mix 2 µl buffer B, 0,5 µl Ah36 (2 pmol/ul), 1 µl Ah51 (2 pmol/ul), 1 µl Ah38(2 pmol/ul), 5,5 µl H2O - Mix 9-4:
Mix 2 µl buffer B, 0,5 µl Ah36 (2 pmol/ul), 1 µl Ah51 (2 pmol/ul), 6,5 µl H2O Anneal by heat at 80° C then cool to 5° C (-2°C/30 sek). - Add 1
µl 100 mM NHS and 1 µl 1 M EDC. Incubate at different temperatures (see below) for 1 h, then add 2 µl Buffer D. Incubate for 1 h, , and then analyze by 10% urea polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis. - Incubation temperatures:
- 1) 5,9°C, 2) 9,9°C, 3) 12,6°C, 4) 18,3°C, 5) 23,3°C, 6) 27,9°C 7) 35,6°C, 8) 45,9°C
- The results are shown in
Fig. 9 , A and B. -
Mix 2 µl bufferA, 1 µl relevant oligo 1 ( 2 pmol/ul), 1 µl relevant oligo 2 (10 pmol/ul), 1 µl relevant oligo 3 (10 pmol/ul), 5 µl H2O. ( See table below). Anneal as described above. - Add 1
µl 100 mM NHS and 1 µl 1 M EDC. Incubate at different temperatures 1) 7,7°C, 2) 15,4°C, 3) 21,0°C 4) 26,2°C for about 2 h, and 5) 10°C for 1 sec. and then 35°C for 1 sec. Repeat 99 times. Analyze by 10% urea polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis.Table VIII: Experiment Oligo 1 (32P) Oligo 2Oligo 310-1 Ah36 None Ah38 10-2 Ah36 None None 10-3 Ah36 Ah51 Ah38 10-4 Ah36 Ah51 None 10-5 Ah36 Ah67 Ah38 10-6 Ah36 Ah67 None 10-7 Ah36 Ah69 Ah38 10-8 Ah36 Ah69 None - The results are shown in
Fig. 10A andFig. 10B . -
Mix C. Add 1µl 100 mM NHS and 1 µl 1 M EDC. Incubate at 30°C or 55°C. Then analyze by 10% urea polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis.Table IX: Experiment Oligo 1 (32P-labelled) Oligo 2Oligo 311-1 Ah36 Ah37 Ah38 11-2 Ah36 Ah37 None 11-3 Ah65 Ah66 Ah38 11-4 Ah65 Ah66 None 11-5 Ah36 Ah66 Ah38 11-6 Ah36 Ah66 None 11-7 Ah65 Ah37 Ah38 11-8 Ah65 Ah37 None - The results are shown in
Fig. 11 . - We first examined the effect of changing the length of the linker that connects the amine and the nucleotide. Oligos Ah3 and Ah5 contain an amine separated from the base of the nucleotide by seven and eleven bonds, respectively (called amino modifier C2 dT and amino modifier C6 dT, see formulae above). These oligos were annealed immediately next to
oligo Ah 4 or Ah6 (carrying amino modifier C2 dT and amino modifier C6 dT, respectively), i.e., with a spacing between the two oligos of 0 base pairs. - As seen in
figure 1 , lanes A and B, the efficiency of cross-linking is approximately equal for either amino modifier.
In all the following experiments, the oligo Ah5 (containing amino modifier C6 dT) was used as the reactive group amine. - Next, the two oligos were annealed to templates with spacings of 0, 1, 2, and 30 base pairs between the two oligos, and the efficiency of cross-linking examined. First, cross-linking using TSAT (Tris-succinimidyl aminotriacetate, Pierce cat#33063 dissolved in DMSO) was investigated. When oligos Ah5 and Ah6 were used, the efficiency of the cross-linking reaction were highest with a spacing of 0 base pairs (
figure 1 , lanes B;figure 2 , panel H), less efficient with a spacing of 1 base pairs (figure 1 , lanes D;figure 2 , panel I), and very inefficient with spacings of 2 and 30 base pairs (figure 1 , lanes E and F;figure 2 , panel J and K).
Second, cross-linking of an amine and a carboxylic acid was examined. In this experiment, EDC (1-Ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl) Carbodiimide Hydrochloride and NHS (N-Hydroxysuccinimide) was added in order to crosslink the two reactive groups. When oligos Ah1 and Ah6 were used, the efficiency of cross-linking was again highest for the shortest spacing of zero base pairs (figure 3 , panel M), relatively high for a spacing of one base pairs (figure 3 , panel N), and modest and insignificant for spacings of 2 and 30 base pairs, respectively (figure 3 , panel O and P). - The importance of TSAT concentration was tested by using the oligos Ah5 and
Ah 6. A concentration of 1 or 10 mM TSAT leads to more efficient cross-linking than both 0.1 mM and 100 mM TSAT (figure 1 and2 ). The lower cross-linking efficiency obtained when using the highest TSAT concentration (100 mM) may be explained by two TSAT molecules reacting with each of the neighbouring amines.
Next, the importance of EDC concentration was examined for cross-linking an oligo carrying an amine (Ah6) and an oligo carrying a carboxylic acid (Ah1). Previously, it has been found that NHS concentrations of about 10 mM provides the highest cross-linking efficiency when used together with EDC. As shown infigure 3 , 100 mM EDC results in the highest cross-linking efficiency when compared to 0.1 mM, 1 mM and 10 mM EDC. - Next, we tested the influence of different pH profiles for cross-linking efficiency using either the EDC/NHS or TSAT reagents.
A pH of 10 provides the most efficient TSAT cross-linking of two amines (figure 4 , panel R;figure 5 , panel S). Oligos Ah5 and Ah6 were used in this study. In experiment 6 (figure 6 ) a cross-linking efficiency of 80% is obtained usingpH 10, and a spacing of zero base pairs between amine-carrying oligos Ah24 and Ah27. In other experiments where the linker that separates the complementing element (the region of the oligo that anneals to the template) and the reactive group (amine or carboxylic acid) is much larger (e.g.figure 11 and12 ), the cross-linking efficiency is much lower.
Oligos Ah1 and Ah6 were next used to examine the influence of different pH profiles on the the cross-linking efficiency using EDC/NHS. The constant pH that mediates the most efficient cross-linking is pH 7.5 (figure 4 , panel Q). However, an even better cross-linking efficiency is obtained when the pH is initially kept atpH 6, and then increased to pH 9 (figure 6 ) or10 (figure 7 ). In the latter two experiments, oligos Ah23 and Ah27 were used. Under those conditions, the cross-linking efficiency is almost 100%. Note, that in these experiments the linker that connects the reactive group and the complementing element is relatively short (e.g. 11 bonds for the Ah27). - We next examined the cross-linking efficency using oligos carrying reactive groups (amine or carboxylic acid) where the linker connecting the reactive group and the annealing region were approximately 25 nucleotides.
In a first experiment oligos Ah36 (carrying a carboxylic acid) and Ah67 (carrying an amine) were used. The template used (Ah38) anneals the two oligos immediately adjacent, i.e. with a spacing of zero base pairs.
Under the conditions of the experiment, less than 5% cross-linking efficiency is observed, and only at the highest tested temperature (figure 10 , A and B, lanes 5).
In order to improve the cross-linking efficiency, we introduced a so-called zipper box sequence at the 5'- and 3' end of oligos Ah67 and Ah36, respectively, the same termini that carries the reactive groups. The zipper-boxes are complementary sequences, and thus may bring the reactive groups of the two oligos into closer proximity. Two different lengths of zipper boxes were tested, namely a 10'mer zipper box (Ah37/Ah66, Ah37 forming a DNA duplex of 10 base pairs) and a 5'mer zipper box (forming a DNA duplex of 5 base pairs). SeeFig. 12 . Moreover, different designs of zipper boxes were tested, e.g. oligos in which the reactive group is attached immediately adjacent to the zipper box (Ah36, Ah37, Ah51), or placed two nucleotides upstream from the zipper box (Ah65, Ah66), or placed in the middle of the zipper box (Ah67). We first tested the effect of the 5'mer zipper box on cross-linking efficiency. As can be seen, the 5'mer zipper box improves the cross-linking efficiency dramatically (figure 10 , A and B, comparelanes 3 and lanes 5). Note that the template is absolutely required for cross-linking at all temperatures tested. The highest cross-linking efficiency is obtained when the temperature is cycled 99 times up and down between 10°C and 35°C (figure 10B ). A high efficiency is also obtained when the temperature is kept constant at 21°C or 26°C (figure 10A and B , lanes 3). The cross-linking efficiency does not improve further at temperatures above 26°C (figure 9 , A and B). - We next tested the efficiency of cross-linking in the 10'mer zipper box format. Oligos Ah36 and Ah37 were annealed to template Ah38, and the cross-linking efficiency examined at various temperatures. A surprisingly high degree of cross-linking in the absence of template was observed (
figure 8 , 45°C and 48.2°C). However, at temperatures above 58.5°C, no cross-linking is observed in the absence of template. - Next, the different locations of the reactive groups relative to the zipper box were tested. As shown in
figure 10 , A and B,lanes 7, the cross-linking efficiency decreases dramatically when one of the two reactive groups is located in the middle of the zipper box (i.e., the reactive group is attached to a nucleotide involved in DNA double helix formation; Ah67).
The location of the reactive groups relative to the zipper box was also tested in the context of the 10'mer zipper box. In this context, when both reactive groups are separated from the zipper box by two nucleotides (Ah65, Ah66), the efficiency of cross-linking is slightly decreased (figure 11 , comparelanes 1 and 3). The cross-linking efficiency is not changed dramatically when different combinations of Ah65, Ah66, Ah36 and Ah37 are tested (i.e., when the reactive groups are placed immediately next to the zipper box, or two nucleotides upstream). Note that the template is not absolutely required at all temperatures in the context of the 10'mer zipper box. This template-independency is particularly pronounced at lower temperature (e.g.,figure 11 , 30°C). -
- X was incorporated using the commercially available carboxy-dT phosphoramidite (10-1035-90 from Glen research). The underlined nucleobases represent the zipper region.
-
- The oligo containing the modified nucleobase with a carboxylic acid moiety (1 nmol) was mixed with water (100 uL), hepes buffer (40 uL of a 200 mM, pH=7.5), NHS (20 uL of a 100 mM solution), EDC (20 uL of a freshly prepared 1 M solution) and tetrakis(aminomethyl)methane tetrahydrochloride (20 uL of a 100 mM solution). The reaction mixture was left o/n at room temperature. The volume was reduced to 60 uL by evaporation in vacuo. The pure oligo was obtained by addition of NH3 conc. (20 uL) followed by HPLC purification. It was possible to isolate a peak after approximately 6 min using the following gradient: : 0-3
minutes 100% A then 15% A and 85% B from 3-10 minutes then 100% B from 10-15 minutes then 100% A from 15-20 minutes. A = 2% acetonitrile in 10 mM TEAA and B = 80% acetonitrile in 10 mM TEAA. -
- W was incorporated using the commercially available thiol modifier phosphoramidite (10-1926-90 from Glen research). B is an internal biotin incorporated using the commercially available phosphoramidite (10-1953-95 from Glen research). The nucleobases which are underlined indicates the zipper region.
- The S-triphenylmethyl protected thio oligo (10 nmol) was evaporated in vacuo and resuspended in TEAA buffer (200 uL of a 0.1M solution, pH=6.4). AgNO3 (30 uL of a 1 M solution) was added and the mixture was left at room temperature for 1-2 hours. DTT (46 uL of a 1 M solution) was added and left for 5-10 minutes. The reaction mixture was spun down (20.000 G for 20 minutes) and the supernatant was collected. The solid was extracted with additional TEAA buffer (100 ul of a 0.1 M solution, pH=6.4). The pure thio oligo was obtained by conventional EtOH-precipitation.
-
- Each of the thio oligos (1 nmol) was dried in vacuo and treated with a chemical entity comprising the functional entity :
-
- The template oligo 5'-BTCTTGCCTGAACGTAGTCGTAGGTCGATCCGCGTTACCAGAGCTGGATGCTC GACAGGTCCCGATGCAATCCAGAGGTCG (SEQ ID NO ) (1 nmol) was mixed with the two building blocks prepared in example 13 and with the scaffold building block prepared in example 12 (1 nmol) in hepes-buffer (20 uL of a 100 mM hepes and 1 M NaCl solution, pH=7.5) and water (added to a final volume of 100 uL). The building blocks were annealed to the template by heating to 50 °C and cooled (-2 °C/ 30 second) to 30 °C. The mixture was then left o/n at a fluctuating temperature (10 °C for 1 second then 35 °C for 1 second). The oligo complex was attached to streptavidine by addition of streptavidine beads (100 uL, prewashed with
2x1 mL 100 mM hepes buffer and 1 M NaCl, pH=7.5). The beads were washed with hepes buffer (1 mL). The trisamine scaffolded building block was separated from the streptavidine bound complex by addition of water (200 uL) followed by heating to 70 °C. The water was transferred and evaporated in vacuo, resuspended in TEAA buffer (45 uL of a 0.1 M solution) and product formation analysed by HPLC (seeFigure 15 ). - The HPLC chromatogram shows the transfer of two functional entities to a scaffold building block. The top chromatogram shows the reference scaffold building block. The bottom chromatogram show the streptavidine purified scaffold building block after the partial transfer of one (peak at 7.94 minutes) and two (peak at 10.76 minutes) identical functional entities. The following gradient was used: 0-3
minutes 100% A, then 15% A and 85% B from 3-10 minutes, then 100% B from 10-15 minutes. A = 2% acetonitrile in 10 mM TEAA and B = 80% acetonitrile in 10 mM TEAA. - Due to the lipophilic nature of the functional entities a longer retention time, in the HPLC chromatogram, of the scaffolded molecule with two functional entities compared to one functional entity, was observed. The efficiency of the templated synthesis of a scaffolded molecule with the two identical functional entities was about 25% (peak at 10.76 minutes in
Figure 15 ). - In order to examine the reaction efficiency between two reactive groups, each coupled to a oligonucleotide, when the two oligos are annealed on the same template, the two set-ups shown in
Fig. 16 was used (set-up A and set-up B). The two oligos contain terminal nucleotides derivatized with a carboxylic acid or an amine. After reaction ("cross-linking") of the reactive groups on the termini of the two oligos, the cross-linking efficiency may be analyzed by polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis, as the two oligos become coupled as a result of this cross-linking, and therefore migrate slower through the column -
- X= Carboxy-dT
- Z=Amino Modifier C6
- 6= Amino-
Modifier 5 cat. Nr. 10-1905 - Zipper box sequences are underlined. Note that when the building block zipper boxes interact with zipper boxes in the template, the length of the zipper box duplex is one nucleotide longer than is underlined.
- AH82: 5'- ZGTAACACCTGGACCTGTCGAGCATCCAGCT
- AH 201: 5'-TCTGGATTGCATCGGGAGTTACX
- AH 156: 5'-ZGACCTGTCGAGCATCCAGCT
- AH 202: 5'-TCTGGATTGCATCGGGTTACX
- AH 203: 5'-TCTGGATTGCATCGGTTTTTX
- AH 236: 5'- 6GTAACACCTGGACCTGTCGAGCATCCAGCT
- AH 240: 5'- CGACCTCTGGATTGCATCGGGCACGGTTACX
- AH 249: 5'-ZCTGGACAGCTCGTAGGTCGTTTTTTTTTTT
- AH 251: 5'- ZGACCTGTCGAGCATCCAGCT
- AH 252: 5'- XGACCTGTCGAGCATCCAGCT
- AH 255:5'-CGACCTCTGGATTGCATCGGTGTTACZ
- AH 258: 5'-ACGACTACGTTCAGGCAAGAGTTACZ
- AH 260: 5'-XCTGGACAGCTCGTAGGTCGTTTTTTTTTTT
- AH 261: 5'-CGACCTCTGGATTGCATCGGZ
- AH 262: 5'-CGACCTCTGGATTGCATCGGTTACZ
- AH 270: 5'- 6GTAACGACCTGTCGAGCATCCAGCT
- AH 271: 5'- 6GTAACTGGACCTGTCGAGCATCCAGCT
- AH 272: 5'-ACGACTACGTTCAGGCAAGAGTTACX
- AH 273: 5'-ACGACTACGTTCAGGCAAGAGCGTTACX
- AH 274: 5'-ACGACTACGTTCAGGCAAGAGCACGGTTACX
- AH 275: 5'-CGACCTCTGGATTGCATCGGGCGTTACX
- AH 276: 5'-CTGGTAACGCGGATCGACCTGCACGGTTACX
- AH 277: 5'-CTGGTAACGCGGATCGACCTGCGTTACX
- The oligonucleotides were prepared following the conventional phosphoramidite approach. X represents the commercially available carboxy-dT phosphoramidite (10-1035-90 from Glen research). Z represents amino modifier C6 dT (10-1039-from Glen Research). 6 represents the amino-modifier 5 (10-1905 from Glen Research)
- Zipper box sequences are underlined.
- AH38: 5'- AGCTGGATGCTCGACAGGTCCCGATGCAATCCAGAGGTCG
- The templates were prepared by conventional phosphoramidite synthesis.
-
- Buffer A (100 mM Hepes pH= 7,5; 1 M NaCl)
- Buffer B (20 mM Hepes pH= 7,5; 200 mM NaCl)
-
Mix 5 pmol oligonucleotide, 2 µl 10 x phosphorylation buffer (Promega cat#4103), 1 µl T4 Polynucleotide Kinase (Promega cat#4103), 1 µl γ-32P ATP, add H2O to 20 µl. Incubate at 37°C , 10-30 minutes. - The samples are mixed with formamide dye 1:1 (98% formamide, 10 mM EDTA,
pH 8, 0,025 % Xylene Cyanol, 0,025% Bromphenol Blue), incubated at 80°C for 2 minutes, and run on a denaturing 10% polyacrylamide gel. Develop gel using autoradiography (Kodak, BioMax film). - In order to examine the effects of concentration on annealing efficiency, reaction efficiency and template dependency in the context of Set-up B, we did the following experiment, which included i) annealing and reaction at high building block and template concentration (experiments A and B), ii) annealing at high concentrations, followed by a 100-fold dilution and reaction at this low concentration (E and F), and iii) annealing and reaction at low concentrations (C and D). To examine the extent to which template-independent reactions occur, we also included a control complex, consisting of a competitor template and a competitor oligo carrying a reactive group (an amine).
-
Mix 10 µl Buffer A, relevant oligos in various concentrations (See table X, below), and add H2O to 50 µl.Table X: Experiment Oligo 1 (32P-labelled) (BB1) Oligo 2 (BB0) Oligo 3 (Template) Oligo 4 (Competitor oligo) Oligo 5 (Competitor template) A Ah 202 (1 pmol) Ah 156 (5 pmol) Ah 154 (5 pmol) Ah 249 (500 pmol) Ah 250 (500 pmol) B Ah 202 (1 pmol) Ah 156 (5 pmol) Ah 154 (5 pmol) Ah 249 (500 pmol) C Ah 202 (0,01 pmol) Ah 251 ( 0,05 pmol) Ah 256 ( 0,05 pmol) Ah 249 (5 pmol) Ah 257 (5 pmol) D Ah 202Ah 251Ah 256 Ah 249 (0,01 pmol) ( 0,05 pmol) ( 0,05 pmol) (5 pmol) E Ah 202 (1 pmol) Ah 251 (5 pmol) Ah 154 (5 pmol) F Ah 202 (1 pmol) Ah 251 (5 pmol) Ah 154 (5 pmol) Ah 249 ( 500 pmol) Ah 263 (500 pmol) - Anneal from 80° C to 20° C (-1 ° C / 30 sek) for A-D and from 80° C to 20° C (-1 ° C / 1 min) for E and F. E and F is diluted 100 times after annealing in buffer B. Then add 5 µl 500 mM DMT-MM (Prepared according to Kunishima et al. Tetrahedron (2001), 57, 1551) dissolved in H2O. Incubate at various temperatures o/n, then analyze by 10% urea polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis.
- The results are shown in
Fig. 17 (Experiment A and B) andFig. 18 (Experiment C, D, E and F). - A templated-independent reaction is often observed at 20 °C. This artefact is presumably not mediated by the zipper box in the templates, as it is observed even when the competitor template (carrying the zipper box) is not included in the incubation mixture (see e.g.
Figure 17 , exp. B, lane 1). Annealing at a high concentration, followed by dilution and reaction at the resulting low concentration eliminates template independent reactions, but maintains efficient annealing of building block oligos at the template prior to the reaction step (compare the efficient cross-linking and the absence of template independent reaction of experiments E and F with the less attractive experiments A, B, C and D). - In order to examine the effect of the zipper box in set-up B, when the building block is annealed at
position 3, an experiment was performed using two different building block oligos, one of which has a 6-meric zipper box (six nucleotides of the building block oligo anneals to the complementary zipper box on the template), and one of which has no zipper box. -
Mix 10 µl Buffer A, relevant oligos in various concentrations (See table II, below), and add H2O to 50 µl.Table XI: Experiment Oligo 1 (32P-labelled) (BB1) Oligo 2 (BB0) Oligo 3 (Template) Oligo 4 (Competitor oligo) A Ah 202 (0,01 pmol) Ah 156 (0,05 pmol) Ah 256 (0,05 pmol) Ah 249 (5 pmol) B Ah 261 (0,01 pmol) Ah 252 ( 0,05 pmol) Ah 256 ( 0,05 pmol) Ah 260 ( 5 pmol) - Anneal from 80° C to 20° C (-1° C / 30 sek). Then add 5 µl 500 mM DMT-MM (Prepared according to Kunishima et al. Tetrahedron (2001), 57, 1551) dissolved in H2O. Incubate at various temperatures o/n, then analyze by 10% urea polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis.
- The results are shown in
Fig. 19 . - Experiment A employs a building block carrying a 6-meric zipper box, and a cross-linking efficiency of about 30% is observed (experiment A, lane 2-4). When a building block without a zipper box is employed (experiment B), no cross-linking is observed (the spot in lane 3-4 is an artefact on the film, and does not represent a cross-link). No cross-linking is observed, and even at 20 °C no reaction is observed (possibly because the building block does not carry a zipper box)
- We examined the cross-linking efficiency using zipper box lengths of 5, 6 or 7 nucleotides, in set-up B, using building blocks that anneal at
position 3. -
Mix 10 µl Buffer A, relevant oligos in various concentrations (See table XII, below), and add H2O to 50 µl.Table XII: Experiment Oligo 1 (32P-labelled) (BB1) Oligo 2 (BB0) Oligo 3 (Template) Oligo 4 (Competitor oligo) Oligo 5 (Competitor template) A Ah 262 (1 pmol) Ah 252 (5 pmol) Ah 154 (5 pmol) B Ah 262 (1 pmol) Ah 252 (5 pmol) Ah 154 (5 pmol) Ah 260 (500 pmol) Ah 263 (500 pmol) C Ah 202 (1 pmol) Ah 251 (5 pmol) Ah 154 (5 pmol) D Ah 202 (1 pmol) Ah 251 (5 pmol) Ah 154 (5 pmol) Ah 249 (500 pmol) Ah 263 (500 pmol) E Ah 255 (1 pmol) Ah 252 (5 pmol) Ah 154 (5 pmol) F Ah 255 (1 pmol) Ah 252 (5 pmol) Ah 154 (5 pmol) Ah 260 (500 pmol) Ah 263 (500 pmol) - Anneal from 80° C to 20° C (-1 ° C / min.). Dilute 100 times in buffer B+ 50 mM DMT-MM (Prepared according to Kunishima et al. Tetrahedron (2001), 57, 1551 ). Incubate at various temperatures o/n, then analyze by 10% urea polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis.
- The results are shown in
Fig. 20 . - Zipper boxes of
length Figure 20 , Panel A, C, E). Under these conditions (where the annealing is at high concentration and the cross-linking at low concentration), no cross-linking to the competitor complex is observed (Figure 20 , Panel B, D and F). - In this experiment we analyzed the cross-linking efficiency of various linker lengths in set-up A (the linker connects the anti-codon and the zipper box).
-
Mix 10 µl Buffer A, relevant oligos in various concentrations (See table XIII, below), and add H2O to 50 µl.Table XIII: Experiment Oligo 1 (32P-labelled) (BB1) Oligo 2 (BB0) Oligo 3 (Template) 1 Ah 202 (1 pmol) Ah 270 (10 pmol) Ah 140 (5 pmol) 2 Ah 202 (1 pmol) Ah 270 (10 pmol) Ah 278 (5 pmol) 3 Ah 275 (1 pmol) Ah 271 (10 pmol) Ah 140 (5 pmol) 4 Ah 275 (1 pmol) Ah 271 (10 pmol) Ah 278 (5 pmol) 5 Ah 240 (1 pmol) Ah 236 (10 pmol) Ah 140 (5 pmol) 6 Ah 240 (1 pmol) Ah 236 (10 pmol) Ah 278 (5 pmol) 7 Ah 240 (1 pmol) Ah 236 (10 pmol) 8 Ah 272 (1 pmol) Ah 270 (10 pmol) Ah 140 (5 pmol) 9 Ah 272 (1 pmol) Ah 270 (10 pmol) Ah 278 (5 pmol) 10 Ah 273 (1 pmol) Ah 271 (10 pmol) Ah 140 (5 pmol) 11 Ah 273 (1 pmol) Ah 271 (10 pmol) Ah 278 (5 pmol) 12 Ah 274 (1 pmol) Ah 236 (10 pmol) Ah 140 (5 pmol) 13 Ah 274 (1 pmol) Ah 236 (10 pmol) Ah 278 (5 pmol) 14 Ah 274 (1 pmol) Ah 236 (10 pmol) 15 Ah 155 (1 pmol) Ah 270 (10 pmol) Ah 140 (5 pmol) 16 Ah 155 (1 pmol) Ah 270 (10 pmol) Ah 278 (5 pmol) 17 Ah 277 (1 pmol) Ah 271 (10 pmol) Ah 140 (5 pmol) 18 Ah 277 (1 pmol) Ah 271 (10 pmol) Ah 278 (5 pmol) 19 Ah 276 (1 pmol) Ah 236 (10 pmol) Ah 140 (5 pmol) 20 Ah 276 (1 pmol) Ah 236 (10 pmol) Ah 278 (5 pmol) 21 Ah 276 (1 pmol) Ah 236 (10 pmol) - Anneal from 80° C to 20° C (-1° C / min.). Add 5 µl 500 mM DMT-MM (Prepared according to Kunishima et al. Tetrahedron (2001), 57, 1551 ). Incubate at 10°C for 5 sec. and then 35°C for 1 sec. Repeat o/n, then analyze by 10% urea polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis.
- The results are shown in
Fig. 21 . - Two aspects are examined: i) The influence of linker length on cross-linking efficiency (
linker lengths Fig. 21 , Lanes 1-6 involve a building block oligo annealed toposition 3;Lane 7 involves the same building block, however, no template is present inlane 7. Lanes 8-13 involve a building block oligo annealed toposition 2;lane 14 involve the same building block oligo, however, no template is present. Lanes 15-20 involve a building block oligo annealed toposition 1;lane 21 involve the same oligo, and no template is present.Lanes lane - The optimal linker length as regards cross-linking efficiency is 0 nucleotides at all positions (
Figure 21 ,lanes position 3;lanes position 2;lanes position Figure 21 , comparee.g. lanes 1 and 2). Very high efficiencies of cross-linking are observed, from all three positions. Using a zipper box of 5 nucleotides, the reaction efficiency is approximately 50%, 95% and 95% when the building block oligo is annealed atposition Figure 21 ,lanes - In this example, in
experiments -
Mix 10 µl Buffer A, relevant oligos in various concentrations (See table XIV, below), and add H2O to 50 µl.Table XIV: Experiment Oligo 1 (32P-labelled)(BB1) Oligo 2 (BB0) Oligo 3 (Template) 1 Ah 240 (5 pmol) 2 Ah 240 Ah 82 Ah 136 (5 pmol) (10 pmol) (10 pmol) 3 Ah 240 (5 pmol) Ah 82 (10 pmol) Ah 140 (10 pmol) 4 Ah 240 (5 pmol) Ah 82 (10 pmol) 5 Ah 240 (5 pmol) Ah 156 (10 pmol) Ah 154 (10 pmol) 6 Ah 240 (5 pmol) Ah 156 (10 pmol) 7 Ah 202 (5 pmol) 8 Ah 202 (5 pmol) Ah 156 (10 pmol) Ah 154 (10 pmol) 9 Ah 203 (5 pmol) Ah 156 (10 pmol) 10 Ah 203 (5 pmol) 11 Ah 203 (5 pmol) Ah 156 (10 pmol) Ah 154 (10 pmol) 12 Ah 203 (5 pmol) Ah 156 (10 pmol) 13 Ah 36 (5 pmol) 14 Ah 36 (5 pmol) Ah 156 (10 pmol) Ah 154 (10 pmol) 15 Ah 36 (5 pmol) Ah 156 (10 pmol) 16 Ah 142 (5 pmol) 17 Ah 142 (5 pmol) Ah 156 (10 pmol) Ah 154 (10 pmol) 18 Ah 142 (5 pmol) Ah 156 (10 pmol) - Anneal from 80° C to 20° C (-1° C / min.). Add 5 µl 500 mM DMT-MM (Prepared according to Kunishima et al. Tetrahedron (2001), 57, 1551 ). Incubate at 10°C for 5 sec. and then 35°C for 1 sec. Repeat o/n, then analyze by 10% urea polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis.
- The results are shown in
Fig. 22 . - The experiments measure reaction efficiency between a building block oligo bound at
position 3 in the oligo setup B. Linker lengths of 0, 5, 30 and 50 nucleotides mediates reaction efficiencies of appr. 90% (lane 8), 50% (lane 5), 20-40 % (lane 14) and 20-40 % (lane 17) respectively. In other words, a linker length of 0 nucleotides is optimal for set-up B, as was also observed for set-up A. In setup B reaction efficiencies fromposition 2 andposition 1 of approximately 75% and 90% have been achieved (data not shown). - We tested the extent of template-independent reactions at various temperatures, using zipper box lengths of 5, 6, 7, or 8 nucleotides, under conditions where template-independent reactions are observed (i.e., both annealing and reaction is done at high template and building block concentrations).
-
Mix 2 µl Buffer A, relevant oligos in various concentrations (See table XV, below), and add H2O to 10 µl.Table XV: Experiment Oligo 1 (32P-labelled)(BB1) Oligo 2 (BB0) Oligo 3 (Template) A Ah 36 (2 pmol) Ah 51 (10 pmol) Ah 38 (10 pmol) B Ah 36 (2 pmol) Ah 51 (10 pmol) C Ah 36 (2 pmol) Ah 133 (10 pmol) Ah 38 (10 pmol) D Ah 36 (2 pmol) Ah 133 (10 pmol) E Ah 36 (2 pmol) Ah 134 (10 pmol) Ah 38 (10 pmol) F Ah 36 (2 pmol) Ah 134 (10 pmol) G Ah 36 (2 pmol) Ah 135 (10 pmol) Ah 38 (10 pmol) H Ah 36 (2 pmol) Ah 135 (10 pmol) - Anneal from 80° C to 20° C (-1° C / min.). Add 1 µl 500 mM DMT-MM (Prepared according to Kunishima et al. Tetrahedron (2001), 57, 1551 ). Incubate at various temperatures o/n, then analyze by 10% urea polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis.
- The results are shown in
Fig. 23 and24 . - Using a 5-meric zipper box (experiments A and B), no template-independent reaction is observed for temperatures between 9,9°C and 50,8°C (
Figure 23 , lanes 1-12). Using a zipperbox oflength - When performing reactions that can be initiated by the experimenter (e.g. by addition of reagent or UV-exposure) the complexes may be formed at lower temperatures, to ensure high degree of zipper box - zipper box complex formation, where after excess building block-oligos may be removed by washing , and then the reaction can be initiated. Because of the lower concentration of building block-oligos after the wash, the template-independent reaction will be much less significant.
- In a multistep procedure (where the building block-oligos are added to the template scaffold complex and reacted one at a time), it is important that the oligos (used in the previous step, and still bound to the template) do not interfere with the reaction of the last added building block-oligo.
We here examine whether the efficiency of cross-linking between building block oligos bound atposition 2 andposition 0 is affected by building block oligos bound atposition 3, in both set-up A and B. -
Mix 10 µl Buffer A, relevant oligos in various concentrations (See table XVI, below), and add H2O to 50 µl.Table XVI: Experiment Oligo 1 (32P-labelled) (BB1) Oligo 1+Oligo 2 (BB0) Oligo 3 (Template) Oligo 4 (Competitor oligo) Oligo 5 (Competitor template) A Ah 258 (1 pmol) Ah 202 (10 pmol) Ah 252 (10 pmol) Ah 154 (5 pmol) B Ah 258 (1 pmol) Ah 252 (10 pmol) Ah 154 (5 pmol) C Ah 258 (1 pmol) Ah 202 (10 pmol) Ah 252 (10 pmol) Ah 154 (5 pmol) Ah 260 (10 pmol) Ah 279 (5 pmol) D Ah 258 (1 pmol) Ah 252 (10 pmol) Ah 154 (5 pmol) Ah 260 (10 pmol) Ah 279 (5 pmol) E Ah 272 (1 pmol) Ah 255 (10 pmol) Ah 270 (10 pmol) Ah 140 (5 pmol) F Ah 272 (1 pmol) Ah 270 (10 pmol) Ah 140 (5 pmol) - Anneal from 80° C to 30° C (-1 ° C / min.) without BB1 . Add BB1 and anneal again from 55°C to 30°C (-1°C/min). Dilute 100 times in buffer B + 50 mM DMT-MM (Prepared according to Kunishima et al. Tetrahedron (2001), 57, 1551 ). Incubate at 30°C o/n for A to D, and at 10°C for 5 sec and then 35°C for 1 sec repeat o/n for E and F, then analyze by 10% urea polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis.
- The results are shown in
Fig. 25 . -
Claims (46)
- A method for synthesising a templated molecule covalently attached to both the template, which directed the synthesis of the templated molecule, and to the complementary template, said method comprising the steps of:a) providing at least one template comprising one or more codons,b) providing a first functional entity attached to a first zipping oligonucleotide capable of reversible interaction with a second zipping oligonucleotide,c) providing one or more building blocks, each building block comprising a further functional entity linked to an anti-codon by a linker,
wherein the anti-codon complements a codon of the template,
wherein the further functional entity is connected to the second zipping oligonucleotide capable of reversible interaction with the first zipping oligonucleotide attached to the first functional entity provided in step b), and
wherein the further functional entity is capable of being chemically connected to the first functional entity provided in step b),d) contacting the components provided in steps a), b), and c) with each other under conditions allowing for i) specific hybridisation of building block anti-codon(s) to the codon(s) of the template(s), ii) dimerization of two zipping oligonucleotides attached to different functional entities, and optionally iii) forming a complementary template comprising functional entity anti-codons,e) allowing a further functional entity of the one or more building blocks provided in step c) to form a chemical connection to the first functional entity provided in step b), andf) obtaining a templated molecule, said templated molecule being covalently attached to the template, which directed the synthesis of the templated molecule and/or covalently attached to the complementary template. - The method of claim 1, wherein the first functional entity is covalently connected to the template.
- The method of any of claims 1 and 2, wherein the first functional entity forms part of a building block further comprising
an anti-codon complementing a template codon,
a linker connecting the anti-codon and the first functional entity, and
a first zipping oligonucleotide connected to the first functional entity. - The method of any of claims 1 to 3, wherein the zipping oligonucleotide of the first functional entity is present in the template.
- The method of any of claims 1 to 4, wherein the zipping oligonucleotide forms part of the linker of the building block(s).
- The method of any of claims 1 to 5, wherein the zipping oligonucleotides have from 3 to 20 nucleotides.
- The method of claim 1, wherein the template codons have from 3 to 30 nucleotides.
- The method of claim 1, wherein the number of template codons is from 3 to 15.
- The method of claim 1 comprising the further step of transfering the templated molecule to an anchorage point on the template, or to a nucleotide sequence complementing the template, to establish a covalent chemical connection between the templated molecule and the template and the complementary template which allows, in even further steps, a denaturing enrichment step or a denaturing post-templating modification step of the templated molecule to be performed.
- The method of claim 1, wherein the template comprises two or more codons, and wherein said building blocks attached to said two or more codons through their anti-codons have identical, complementary zipping oligonucleotides capable of dimerising in an ordered way.
- The method of claim 1, wherein the template is immobilised on a solid support.
- The method of claim 11, wherein a biotin group is incorporated in the template, and wherein the solid support is a matrix material coated with streptavidin.
- A method for generating a library of different bifunctional complexes, said method comprising the steps of subjecting a plurality of templates to the method according to any of claims 1 to 12, thereby generating a library of different bifunctional complexes each comprising a templated molecule covalently attached to the template which directed the synthesis of the templated molecule and covalently attached to the complementary template comprising functional entity anti-codons.
- The method of claim 13, wherein the number of different bifunctional complexes in the library is at least 103.
- The method of claim 13, wherein the number of different bifunctional complexes in the library is at least 106.
- The method of claim 13 comprising the further step of subjecting the library of bifunctional complexes to an enrichment comprising the steps ofi) exposing the library to conditions enriching the library with complexes having a predetermined activity,ii) amplifying the complexes of the enriched library,iii) obtaining an enriched library having a higher ratio of complexes comprising templated molecules with the predetermined activity.
- The method of claim 16, wherein the amplification of the complexes of the enriched library comprises the steps of contacting the library of complexes with amplification means, amplifying the templates or the complementing templates, and conducting the method of any of claims 1 to 24 using the amplification product(s) as templates.
- The method of claim 16, wherein generated complexes are identified after the completion of each cycle of repetition or after the last repetition cycle.
- The method of claim 18, wherein the identification after the enrichment involves determination of the sequence of the template and/or structural determination of the templated molecule and/or the entire complex having the predetermined activity.
- The method of any of claims 16 to 19, wherein enrichment of library complexes is obtained by screening for complexes having an affinity for or an effect on a target molecule.
- The method of claim 20, wherein the target molecule is selected from soluble receptors, cell surface receptors, enzymes, enzyme inhibitors, surface epitopes, hormones, transcription factors, ion channels and DNA.
- The method of any of claims 20 and 21, wherein, in a first enrichment step, templated molecules exhibiting an insufficient affinity for an immobilized target are washed away, thereby leaving an enriched subpopulation of templated molecules attached to the target, and wherein, in a subsequent step, the enriched subpopulation of templated molecules remaining bound to the target after washing, is then eluted.
- The method of claim 22, wherein the elution is a competitive elution with a known ligand, or a proteolytic release of the target/template molecules.
- The method of any of claims 22 and 23, wherein templates identifying the eluted, templated molecules are subjected to PCR and amplified.
- The method of claim 24, wherein the templates are attached to a bead.
- The method of any of claims 16 to 24, wherein the target is immobilised on beads and wherein said beads are used to select templated molecules by sedimenting the beads by centrifugation or by using the beads in an affinity column through which the library of bifunctional complexes is recirculated.
- The method of claim 25, wherein the beads are magnetic beads.
- The method of any of claims 26 and 27, wherein the beads are coated with streptavidin.
- The method of claim 28, wherein a biotinylated target is immobilized to the beads via binding to streptavidin.
- The method of claim 20, wherein the target is located on a cellular surface and wherein cells expressing the target are used for the enrichment.
- The method of any of claims 20 to 30, wherein secondary selection steps are employed, said secondary selection steps being selected from steps for selecting or screening for enzyme inhibition, alteration of substrate binding, loss of functionality, and disruption of structure.
- The method of claim claim 16, wherein the bifunctional complexes of the enriched library comprises a plurality of templated molecules.
- The method of claim 16, wherein restriction sites present in the templates and complementary templates are used for cloning template coding regions.
- The method of any of claims 20 and 21, wherein enriched templated molecules are used as therapeutic agents in methods for therapy of individuals in need thereof or as diagnostic agents in diagnostic methods.
- The method of claim 16, wherein the step of exposing the library to conditions enriching the library with complexes having a predetermined activity comprises a denaturing enrichment step or a denaturing post-templating modification step of the templated molecule.
- A bifunctional complex comprising a templated molecule covalently attached to the template which directed the synthesis of the templated molecule and covalently attached to the complementary template, wherein said bifunctional complex is obtainable by or obtained by the method of any of claims 1 to 12, and wherein the templated molecule is not a polynucleotide.
- The bifunctional complex according to claim 36, wherein the templated molecule is selected from aliphatic polycycles, aromatic polycycles, polyheterocycles, monofunctional, difunctional or trifunctional, non-aromatic carbocycle, monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic hydrocarbon, monofunctional, difunctional or trifunctional nonaromatic heterocycle., monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic heterocycles, bridged polycyclic heterocycle, monofunctional, difunctional or trifunctional aromatic carbocycle, monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic aromatic carbocycle, monofunctional, difunctional or trifunctional aromatic heterocycle and monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic heterocycle.
- The bifunctional complex according to any of claims 36 and 37, wherein the template codons have from 3 to 30 nucleotides.
- The bifunctional complex according to any of claims 36 and 37, wherein the number of template codons is from 3 to 15.
- The bifunctional complex according to any of claims 36 to 39, wherein the template comprises one or more restriction sites.
- A library of different bifunctional complexes according to any of claims 36 to 40.
- The library according to claim 41, wherein a known ligand having an affinity for a target molecule forms part of the templated molecules of the library, said ligand being capable of guiding templated molecules to a defined part of the target molecule.
- The library according to claim 41, wherein the number of different bifunctional complexes in the library is at least 103.
- The library according to claim 41, wherein the number of different bifunctional complexes in the library is at least 106.
- A method for selecting templated molecules from the library according to claim 42, said method comprising the steps ofi) providing a library according to claim 42, wherein a known ligand having an affinity for a target molecule forms part of the templated molecules of the library,ii) providing a target molecule of interest,iii) guiding templated molecules to a defined part of the target molecule of interest, andiv) selecting templated molecules that bind to the part of the target molecule which has an affinity for the ligand.
- A method for increasing the affinity of a target molecule for a ligand having a desirable biological function, but a too low potency to bind to the target molecule when not forming part of a templated molecule, said method comprising the steps ofi) providing the library according to claim 42, andii) performing the method of claim 45 for selecting templated molecules,iii) wherein said method results in the selection of ligands having a desirable biological function, but too low potency to bind to a target molecule when not forming part of the templated molecules of the library according to claim 42.
Priority Applications (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
SI200332481A SI2186897T1 (en) | 2002-03-15 | 2003-03-14 | An improved method for synthesising templated molecules |
CY20161100418T CY1117515T1 (en) | 2002-03-15 | 2016-05-13 | AN IMPROVED METHOD FOR COMPOSITION OF MOLECULAR MODELS |
Applications Claiming Priority (9)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US36405602P | 2002-03-15 | 2002-03-15 | |
DKPA200200415 | 2002-03-15 | ||
US38988502P | 2002-06-20 | 2002-06-20 | |
US10/175,539 US7727713B2 (en) | 2001-06-20 | 2002-06-20 | Templated molecules and methods for using such molecules |
DKPA200200952 | 2002-06-20 | ||
PCT/DK2002/000419 WO2002103008A2 (en) | 2001-06-20 | 2002-06-20 | Templated molecules and methods for using such molecules |
US40996802P | 2002-09-12 | 2002-09-12 | |
DKPA200201347 | 2002-09-12 | ||
EP03709676A EP1487978B1 (en) | 2002-03-15 | 2003-03-14 | An improved method for synthesising templated molecules |
Related Parent Applications (4)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/DK2003/000172 Previously-Filed-Application WO2003078625A2 (en) | 2002-03-15 | 2003-03-14 | An improved method for synthesising templated molecules |
EP03709676.5 Division | 2003-03-14 | ||
EP03709676A Division EP1487978B1 (en) | 2002-03-15 | 2003-03-14 | An improved method for synthesising templated molecules |
WOPCT/DK03/00172 Previously-Filed-Application | 2003-03-14 |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
EP2186897A1 true EP2186897A1 (en) | 2010-05-19 |
EP2186897B1 EP2186897B1 (en) | 2016-02-17 |
Family
ID=28047046
Family Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
EP08169346.7A Expired - Lifetime EP2186897B1 (en) | 2002-03-15 | 2003-03-14 | An improved method for synthesising templated molecules |
EP03709676A Expired - Lifetime EP1487978B1 (en) | 2002-03-15 | 2003-03-14 | An improved method for synthesising templated molecules |
Family Applications After (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
EP03709676A Expired - Lifetime EP1487978B1 (en) | 2002-03-15 | 2003-03-14 | An improved method for synthesising templated molecules |
Country Status (11)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (3) | US7413854B2 (en) |
EP (2) | EP2186897B1 (en) |
CN (1) | CN101006177B (en) |
AT (1) | ATE414769T1 (en) |
AU (1) | AU2003214031A1 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2518626A1 (en) |
DE (1) | DE60324778D1 (en) |
DK (1) | DK1487978T3 (en) |
IL (1) | IL163822A0 (en) |
NZ (1) | NZ535144A (en) |
WO (1) | WO2003078625A2 (en) |
Cited By (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US9359601B2 (en) | 2009-02-13 | 2016-06-07 | X-Chem, Inc. | Methods of creating and screening DNA-encoded libraries |
US10865409B2 (en) | 2011-09-07 | 2020-12-15 | X-Chem, Inc. | Methods for tagging DNA-encoded libraries |
US11674135B2 (en) | 2012-07-13 | 2023-06-13 | X-Chem, Inc. | DNA-encoded libraries having encoding oligonucleotide linkages not readable by polymerases |
Families Citing this family (55)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
ATE335754T1 (en) * | 2001-03-19 | 2006-09-15 | Harvard College | DEVELOPMENT OF NEW MOLECULAR FUNCTIONS |
WO2002102820A1 (en) | 2001-06-20 | 2002-12-27 | Nuevolution A/S | Nucleoside derivatives for library preparation |
EP2186897B1 (en) | 2002-03-15 | 2016-02-17 | Nuevolution A/S | An improved method for synthesising templated molecules |
EP1539980B1 (en) * | 2002-08-01 | 2016-02-17 | Nuevolution A/S | Library of complexes comprising small non-peptide molecules and double-stranded oligonucleotides identifying the molecules |
EP1540013B1 (en) * | 2002-08-19 | 2015-07-08 | The President and Fellows of Harvard College | Evolving new molecular function |
WO2004024929A2 (en) * | 2002-09-12 | 2004-03-25 | Nuevolution A/S | Proximity-aided synthesis of templated molecules |
WO2004028682A2 (en) | 2002-09-27 | 2004-04-08 | Carlsberg A/S | Spatially encoded polymer matrix |
ES2368215T3 (en) | 2002-10-30 | 2011-11-15 | Nuevolution A/S | ENZYMATIC CODING. |
EP2175019A3 (en) * | 2002-12-19 | 2011-04-06 | Nuevolution A/S | Quasirandom structure and function guided synthesis methods |
US20070026397A1 (en) | 2003-02-21 | 2007-02-01 | Nuevolution A/S | Method for producing second-generation library |
US7915201B2 (en) | 2003-03-20 | 2011-03-29 | Nuevolution A/S | Ligational encoding of small molecules |
US8017323B2 (en) * | 2003-03-26 | 2011-09-13 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Free reactant use in nucleic acid-templated synthesis |
DE602004023960D1 (en) | 2003-09-18 | 2009-12-17 | Nuevolution As | Method for obtaining structural information of encoded molecules and for selection of compounds |
US7972994B2 (en) | 2003-12-17 | 2011-07-05 | Glaxosmithkline Llc | Methods for synthesis of encoded libraries |
BRPI0417830B1 (en) | 2003-12-17 | 2021-02-17 | Praecis Pharmaceuticals Inc | methods for synthesizing a molecule comprising a functional portion operably linked to a coding oligonucleotide |
WO2005078122A2 (en) * | 2004-02-17 | 2005-08-25 | Nuevolution A/S | Method for enrichment involving elimination by mismatch hybridisation |
DK1730277T3 (en) * | 2004-03-22 | 2010-03-01 | Nuevolution As | Coding by ligation using building block oligonucleotides |
EP1828381B1 (en) | 2004-11-22 | 2009-01-07 | Peter Birk Rasmussen | Template directed split and mix systhesis of small molecule libraries |
WO2006128138A2 (en) * | 2005-05-26 | 2006-11-30 | Ensemble Discovery Corportion | Biodetection by nucleic acid-templated chemistry |
DE602006012971D1 (en) * | 2005-06-07 | 2010-04-29 | Harvard College | MEDIATED CHEMISTRY |
US20090035824A1 (en) * | 2005-06-17 | 2009-02-05 | Liu David R | Nucleic acid-templated chemistry in organic solvents |
CA2626325A1 (en) | 2005-10-28 | 2007-05-10 | Praecis Pharmaceuticals Incorporated | Methods for identifying compounds of interest using encoded libraries |
DE602006018648D1 (en) | 2005-12-01 | 2011-01-13 | Nuevolution As | ENZYMMETRING CODING METHODS FOR EFFICIENT SYNTHESIS OF LARGE LIBRARIES |
WO2009002947A2 (en) * | 2007-06-22 | 2008-12-31 | Affymax, Inc. | Compounds and peptides that bind the trail receptor |
US20110229877A1 (en) | 2008-07-07 | 2011-09-22 | Oxford Nanopore Technologies Limited | Enzyme-pore constructs |
KR101797773B1 (en) | 2009-01-30 | 2017-11-15 | 옥스포드 나노포어 테크놀로지즈 리미티드 | Adaptors for nucleic acid constructs in transmembrane sequencing |
KR20110125226A (en) * | 2009-01-30 | 2011-11-18 | 옥스포드 나노포어 테크놀로지즈 리미티드 | Hybridization linkers |
US8606527B2 (en) * | 2009-02-27 | 2013-12-10 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | SNP detection by melt curve clustering |
GB0905140D0 (en) | 2009-03-25 | 2009-05-06 | Isis Innovation | Method |
US20110129832A1 (en) * | 2009-10-27 | 2011-06-02 | Swift Biosciences, Inc. | Polynucleotide Primers and Probes |
DK2558577T3 (en) | 2010-04-16 | 2019-04-01 | Nuevolution As | Bi-functional complexes and methods for the preparation and use of such complexes |
WO2012122436A2 (en) * | 2011-03-08 | 2012-09-13 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Molecular zipper tweezers and spring devices |
AU2012288629B2 (en) | 2011-07-25 | 2017-02-02 | Oxford Nanopore Technologies Limited | Hairpin loop method for double strand polynucleotide sequencing using transmembrane pores |
AU2013246702B2 (en) | 2012-04-10 | 2017-06-15 | Oxford Nanopore Technologies Limited | Mutant lysenin pores |
US11155860B2 (en) | 2012-07-19 | 2021-10-26 | Oxford Nanopore Technologies Ltd. | SSB method |
EP2964779B1 (en) | 2013-03-08 | 2018-08-29 | Oxford Nanopore Technologies Limited | Use of spacer elements in a nucleic acid to control movement of a helicase |
GB201314695D0 (en) | 2013-08-16 | 2013-10-02 | Oxford Nanopore Tech Ltd | Method |
GB201313477D0 (en) | 2013-07-29 | 2013-09-11 | Univ Leuven Kath | Nanopore biosensors for detection of proteins and nucleic acids |
WO2014186874A1 (en) | 2013-05-23 | 2014-11-27 | Yyz Pharmatech, Inc. | Methods and compositions for enzyme linked immuno and hybridization mass spectrometric assay |
GB201322692D0 (en) | 2013-12-20 | 2014-02-05 | Philochem Ag | Production of encoded chemical libraries |
GB201403096D0 (en) | 2014-02-21 | 2014-04-09 | Oxford Nanopore Tech Ltd | Sample preparation method |
US10167503B2 (en) | 2014-05-02 | 2019-01-01 | Oxford Nanopore Technologies Ltd. | Mutant pores |
US10245322B2 (en) | 2014-06-13 | 2019-04-02 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Nanostructured carriers for guided and targeted on-demand substance delivery |
CN114605507A (en) | 2014-09-01 | 2022-06-10 | 弗拉芒区生物技术研究所 | Mutant CSGG pore |
WO2016055778A1 (en) | 2014-10-07 | 2016-04-14 | Oxford Nanopore Technologies Limited | Mutant pores |
GB201418159D0 (en) | 2014-10-14 | 2014-11-26 | Oxford Nanopore Tech Ltd | Method |
EP3218479A1 (en) | 2014-11-11 | 2017-09-20 | Nanocore ApS | Method for identification of molecules with desired characteristics |
GB201603789D0 (en) | 2016-03-04 | 2016-04-20 | Apta Biosciences Ltd | Oligonucleotides and methods for preparing |
GB201609220D0 (en) | 2016-05-25 | 2016-07-06 | Oxford Nanopore Tech Ltd | Method |
EP3472376A4 (en) | 2016-06-16 | 2019-12-18 | Richard Edward Watts | Oligonucleotide directed and recorded combinatorial synthesis of encoded probe molecules |
KR102222242B1 (en) * | 2017-03-17 | 2021-03-04 | 히트젠 주식회사 | Code library synthesis method and composition |
US11795580B2 (en) | 2017-05-02 | 2023-10-24 | Haystack Sciences Corporation | Molecules for verifying oligonucleotide directed combinatorial synthesis and methods of making and using the same |
GB201807793D0 (en) | 2018-05-14 | 2018-06-27 | Oxford Nanopore Tech Ltd | Method |
US20220042079A1 (en) | 2018-12-20 | 2022-02-10 | Sergey N. Krylov | Binder Selection Using Capollary Electrophoresis |
CN110379468B (en) * | 2019-07-17 | 2022-08-23 | 成都火石创造科技有限公司 | Improved chemical molecular formula segmentation method |
Citations (9)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5432272A (en) | 1990-10-09 | 1995-07-11 | Benner; Steven A. | Method for incorporating into a DNA or RNA oligonucleotide using nucleotides bearing heterocyclic bases |
US5723598A (en) | 1992-03-30 | 1998-03-03 | The Scripps Research Institute | Encoded combinatorial chemical libraries |
WO1998056904A1 (en) * | 1997-06-12 | 1998-12-17 | Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Combinatorial enzymatic complexes |
US6037120A (en) | 1995-10-12 | 2000-03-14 | Benner; Steven Albert | Recognition of oligonucleotides containing non-standard base pairs |
WO2000023458A1 (en) | 1998-10-19 | 2000-04-27 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Dna-templated combinatorial library chemistry |
WO2000032823A1 (en) * | 1998-12-02 | 2000-06-08 | Phylos, Inc. | Dna-protein fusions and uses thereof |
WO2000061775A1 (en) * | 1999-04-08 | 2000-10-19 | Pavel Sergeev | Synthesis of biologically active compounds in cells |
WO2001007657A1 (en) * | 1999-07-27 | 2001-02-01 | Phylos, Inc. | Peptide acceptor ligation methods |
WO2002074929A2 (en) * | 2001-03-19 | 2002-09-26 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Evolving new molecular function |
Family Cites Families (217)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4599303A (en) * | 1983-12-12 | 1986-07-08 | Hri Associates, Inc. | Nucleic acid hybridization assay employing probes crosslinkable to target sequences |
US6040166A (en) * | 1985-03-28 | 2000-03-21 | Roche Molecular Systems, Inc. | Kits for amplifying and detecting nucleic acid sequences, including a probe |
US4822731A (en) | 1986-01-09 | 1989-04-18 | Cetus Corporation | Process for labeling single-stranded nucleic acids and hybridizaiton probes |
US5047519A (en) | 1986-07-02 | 1991-09-10 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Alkynylamino-nucleotides |
DE3788914T2 (en) | 1986-09-08 | 1994-08-25 | Ajinomoto Kk | Compounds for cleaving RNA at a specific position, oligomers used in the preparation of these compounds and starting materials for the synthesis of these oligomers. |
US4914210A (en) * | 1987-10-02 | 1990-04-03 | Cetus Corporation | Oligonucleotide functionalizing reagents |
US5449602A (en) | 1988-01-13 | 1995-09-12 | Amoco Corporation | Template-directed photoligation |
US5025388A (en) | 1988-08-26 | 1991-06-18 | Cramer Richard D Iii | Comparative molecular field analysis (CoMFA) |
JPH04504651A (en) | 1988-11-18 | 1992-08-20 | ザ リージェンツ オブ ザ ユニバーシティ オブ カリフォルニア | A method for site-specifically introducing non-naturally occurring amino acids into proteins |
KR0185192B1 (en) | 1989-10-05 | 1999-04-01 | 제임스 더블유. 데이비 | Cell-free synthesis and isolation of novel genes and polypeptides |
US6005087A (en) | 1995-06-06 | 1999-12-21 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 2'-modified oligonucleotides |
US5670633A (en) | 1990-01-11 | 1997-09-23 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Sugar modified oligonucleotides that detect and modulate gene expression |
US5646265A (en) | 1990-01-11 | 1997-07-08 | Isis Pharmceuticals, Inc. | Process for the preparation of 2'-O-alkyl purine phosphoramidites |
US5723289A (en) | 1990-06-11 | 1998-03-03 | Nexstar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Parallel selex |
US5723286A (en) | 1990-06-20 | 1998-03-03 | Affymax Technologies N.V. | Peptide library and screening systems |
US5650489A (en) | 1990-07-02 | 1997-07-22 | The Arizona Board Of Regents | Random bio-oligomer library, a method of synthesis thereof, and a method of use thereof |
WO1992002536A1 (en) | 1990-08-02 | 1992-02-20 | The Regents Of The University Of Colorado | Systematic polypeptide evolution by reverse translation |
US5843701A (en) * | 1990-08-02 | 1998-12-01 | Nexstar Pharmaceticals, Inc. | Systematic polypeptide evolution by reverse translation |
AU2313392A (en) | 1991-08-01 | 1993-03-02 | University Research Corporation | Systematic polypeptide evolution by reverse translation |
US5474796A (en) | 1991-09-04 | 1995-12-12 | Protogene Laboratories, Inc. | Method and apparatus for conducting an array of chemical reactions on a support surface |
CA2118806A1 (en) | 1991-09-18 | 1993-04-01 | William J. Dower | Method of synthesizing diverse collections of oligomers |
US5639603A (en) | 1991-09-18 | 1997-06-17 | Affymax Technologies N.V. | Synthesizing and screening molecular diversity |
US6306621B1 (en) * | 1991-11-18 | 2001-10-23 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Administrator Of The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency | Membrane filter agar medium for simultaneous detection of total coliforms and E. coli |
US6197556B1 (en) * | 1991-12-20 | 2001-03-06 | The University Of Chicago | Nucleic acid amplification using modular branched primers |
US5424413A (en) * | 1992-01-22 | 1995-06-13 | Gen-Probe Incorporated | Branched nucleic acid probes |
US5541061A (en) | 1992-04-29 | 1996-07-30 | Affymax Technologies N.V. | Methods for screening factorial chemical libraries |
WO1994008051A1 (en) | 1992-10-01 | 1994-04-14 | The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York | Complex combinatorial chemical libraries encoded with tags |
US6503759B1 (en) * | 1992-10-01 | 2003-01-07 | The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York | Complex combinatorial chemical libraries encoded with tags |
US5565324A (en) * | 1992-10-01 | 1996-10-15 | The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York | Complex combinatorial chemical libraries encoded with tags |
US5684169A (en) | 1992-11-27 | 1997-11-04 | Ensuiko Sugar Refining Co., Ltd. | Cyclodextrin inclusion complex of taxol, and method for its production and its use |
AU5827294A (en) | 1992-12-11 | 1994-07-04 | Chiron Corporation | Synthesis of encoded polymers |
DE69433010T2 (en) | 1993-04-12 | 2004-06-09 | Northwestern University, Evanston | METHOD FOR PRESENTING OLIGONUCLEOTIDES |
US5681943A (en) | 1993-04-12 | 1997-10-28 | Northwestern University | Method for covalently linking adjacent oligonucleotides |
US5840485A (en) | 1993-05-27 | 1998-11-24 | Selectide Corporation | Topologically segregated, encoded solid phase libraries |
NZ267843A (en) * | 1993-05-27 | 1997-10-24 | Selectide Corp | Libraries of synthetic test compound attached to separate phase synthesis supports |
EP0706531A4 (en) | 1993-07-02 | 1998-11-25 | Lynx Therapeutics Inc | Synthesis of branched nucleic acids |
US5473060A (en) | 1993-07-02 | 1995-12-05 | Lynx Therapeutics, Inc. | Oligonucleotide clamps having diagnostic applications |
US5571903A (en) | 1993-07-09 | 1996-11-05 | Lynx Therapeutics, Inc. | Auto-ligating oligonucleotide compounds |
US6087186A (en) | 1993-07-16 | 2000-07-11 | Irori | Methods and apparatus for synthesizing labeled combinatorial chemistry libraries |
GB9315847D0 (en) | 1993-07-30 | 1993-09-15 | Isis Innovation | Tag reagent and assay method |
AU7390994A (en) | 1993-08-25 | 1995-03-21 | Symbicom Aktiebolag | Molecular modelling and drug design |
US5537627A (en) * | 1993-09-08 | 1996-07-16 | Hilevel Technology, Inc. | Microprogrammable processor capable of accessing unused portions of control store as fast data memory |
CN1154640C (en) | 1993-10-01 | 2004-06-23 | 纽约市哥伦比亚大学理事 | Complex combinatorial chemical libraries encoded with tags |
US5503805A (en) | 1993-11-02 | 1996-04-02 | Affymax Technologies N.V. | Apparatus and method for parallel coupling reactions |
CN1134156A (en) | 1993-11-02 | 1996-10-23 | 阿菲马克斯技术公司 | Synthesizing and screening molecular diversity |
US6165778A (en) | 1993-11-02 | 2000-12-26 | Affymax Technologies N.V. | Reaction vessel agitation apparatus |
JPH09506629A (en) * | 1993-12-17 | 1997-06-30 | キュビッチョッティ,ロジャー・エス | Nucleotide-controlled biomolecular and multimolecular drug assembly and devices |
ZA95260B (en) * | 1994-01-13 | 1995-09-28 | Univ Columbia | Synthetic receptors libraries and uses thereof |
US5605793A (en) | 1994-02-17 | 1997-02-25 | Affymax Technologies N.V. | Methods for in vitro recombination |
US5449613A (en) | 1994-03-01 | 1995-09-12 | The University Of Iowa Research Foundation | Reacting an enzyme in a non-aqueous solvent by adding a lyophilizate of enzyme and salt to the solvent |
US6936477B2 (en) * | 1994-04-13 | 2005-08-30 | The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York | Complex combinatorial chemical libraries encoded with tags |
US5663046A (en) | 1994-06-22 | 1997-09-02 | Pharmacopeia, Inc. | Synthesis of combinatorial libraries |
JPH10507160A (en) | 1994-06-23 | 1998-07-14 | アフィマックス テクノロジーズ エヌ.ブイ. | Photoactive compounds and methods of using the same |
WO1996003418A1 (en) | 1994-07-26 | 1996-02-08 | The Scripps Research Institute | Soluble combinatorial libraries |
US5846719A (en) | 1994-10-13 | 1998-12-08 | Lynx Therapeutics, Inc. | Oligonucleotide tags for sorting and identification |
US5604097A (en) * | 1994-10-13 | 1997-02-18 | Spectragen, Inc. | Methods for sorting polynucleotides using oligonucleotide tags |
US5695934A (en) | 1994-10-13 | 1997-12-09 | Lynx Therapeutics, Inc. | Massively parallel sequencing of sorted polynucleotides |
US5985356A (en) | 1994-10-18 | 1999-11-16 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Combinatorial synthesis of novel materials |
US6045671A (en) | 1994-10-18 | 2000-04-04 | Symyx Technologies, Inc. | Systems and methods for the combinatorial synthesis of novel materials |
WO1996024847A1 (en) | 1995-02-10 | 1996-08-15 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | A process for identifiying pharmaceutically active agents using an epitope-tagged library |
US5843650A (en) | 1995-05-01 | 1998-12-01 | Segev; David | Nucleic acid detection and amplification by chemical linkage of oligonucleotides |
US6210900B1 (en) * | 1995-05-23 | 2001-04-03 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | Method of encoding a series of combinatorial libraries and developing structure activity relationships |
US5830658A (en) | 1995-05-31 | 1998-11-03 | Lynx Therapeutics, Inc. | Convergent synthesis of branched and multiply connected macromolecular structures |
US5824471A (en) | 1995-06-05 | 1998-10-20 | Brigham And Women's Hospital | Detection of mismatches by cleavage of nucleic acid heteroduplexes |
HUP9900910A2 (en) | 1995-06-07 | 1999-07-28 | Lynx Therapeutics, Inc. | Oligonucleotide tags for sorting and identification |
US5958792A (en) | 1995-06-07 | 1999-09-28 | Chiron Corporation | Combinatorial libraries of substrate-bound cyclic organic compounds |
WO1997004131A1 (en) | 1995-07-21 | 1997-02-06 | Forsyth Dental Infirmary For Children | Single primer amplification of polynucleotide hairpins |
US5780613A (en) | 1995-08-01 | 1998-07-14 | Northwestern University | Covalent lock for self-assembled oligonucleotide constructs |
US5795976A (en) * | 1995-08-08 | 1998-08-18 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Detection of nucleic acid heteroduplex molecules by denaturing high-performance liquid chromatography and methods for comparative sequencing |
US5723320A (en) * | 1995-08-29 | 1998-03-03 | Dehlinger; Peter J. | Position-addressable polynucleotide arrays |
US6495314B1 (en) | 1995-09-29 | 2002-12-17 | The Scripps Research Institute | Process for characterizing proteins |
DE19646372C1 (en) | 1995-11-11 | 1997-06-19 | Evotec Biosystems Gmbh | Conjugates of polypeptide and encoding nucleic acid |
WO1997019039A1 (en) | 1995-11-17 | 1997-05-29 | Novartis Ag | Solid phase synthesis of heterocyclic compounds and combinatorial compound library |
US5763175A (en) * | 1995-11-17 | 1998-06-09 | Lynx Therapeutics, Inc. | Simultaneous sequencing of tagged polynucleotides |
US5763263A (en) | 1995-11-27 | 1998-06-09 | Dehlinger; Peter J. | Method and apparatus for producing position addressable combinatorial libraries |
US6537776B1 (en) * | 1999-06-14 | 2003-03-25 | Diversa Corporation | Synthetic ligation reassembly in directed evolution |
US6613508B1 (en) * | 1996-01-23 | 2003-09-02 | Qiagen Genomics, Inc. | Methods and compositions for analyzing nucleic acid molecules utilizing sizing techniques |
JP2002515738A (en) | 1996-01-23 | 2002-05-28 | アフィメトリックス,インコーポレイティド | Nucleic acid analysis |
CN1079121C (en) | 1996-02-02 | 2002-02-13 | 阿克佐诺贝尔公司 | Preparation of spinnable isotropic cellulose solution |
US5880972A (en) * | 1996-02-26 | 1999-03-09 | Pharmacopeia, Inc. | Method and apparatus for generating and representing combinatorial chemistry libraries |
EP0904540A1 (en) | 1996-03-22 | 1999-03-31 | Ontogen Corporation | Methods for spatially-dispersed positionally-encoded combinatorial library synthesis |
US6294325B1 (en) | 1996-07-05 | 2001-09-25 | The Mount Sinai School Of Medicine Of The City University Of New York | Cloning and expression of thermostable multi genes and proteins and uses thereof |
US5821356A (en) | 1996-08-12 | 1998-10-13 | The Perkin Elmer Corporation | Propargylethoxyamino nucleotides |
US6355490B1 (en) | 1996-09-13 | 2002-03-12 | Jill Edie Hochlowski | Attached tags for use in combinatorial chemistry synthesis |
US6036587A (en) | 1996-10-10 | 2000-03-14 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Carrier head with layer of conformable material for a chemical mechanical polishing system |
DE19642751A1 (en) | 1996-10-16 | 1998-04-23 | Deutsches Krebsforsch | Saccharide library |
DE69739163D1 (en) | 1996-10-17 | 2009-01-22 | Mitsubishi Chem Corp | Molecule that combines genotype and phenotype and its applications |
US6261804B1 (en) | 1997-01-21 | 2001-07-17 | The General Hospital Corporation | Selection of proteins using RNA-protein fusions |
CN1238366C (en) | 1997-01-21 | 2006-01-25 | 综合医院公司 | Selection of proteins using RNA-protein fusions |
US6127533A (en) | 1997-02-14 | 2000-10-03 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 2'-O-aminooxy-modified oligonucleotides |
US5739314A (en) | 1997-04-25 | 1998-04-14 | Hybridon, Inc. | Method for synthesizing 2'-O-substituted pyrimidine nucleosides |
ATE250668T1 (en) | 1997-05-28 | 2003-10-15 | Discerna Ltd | RIBOSOME COMPLEXES AS SELECTION PARTICLES FOR IN VITRO DISPLAY AND EVOLUTION OF PROTEINS |
AU8147798A (en) | 1997-06-16 | 1999-01-04 | University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill, The | Peptido oligonucleotides (pons) and their combinatorial libraries |
US6607878B2 (en) * | 1997-10-06 | 2003-08-19 | Stratagene | Collections of uniquely tagged molecules |
US6348322B1 (en) | 1997-10-17 | 2002-02-19 | Duke University | Method of screening for specific binding interactions |
US20030004122A1 (en) | 1997-11-05 | 2003-01-02 | Leonid Beigelman | Nucleotide triphosphates and their incorporation into oligonucleotides |
US6232066B1 (en) * | 1997-12-19 | 2001-05-15 | Neogen, Inc. | High throughput assay system |
JP2002540380A (en) | 1998-02-21 | 2002-11-26 | ウィッシス・テクノロジー・ファウンデーション・インコーポレイテッド | One-dimensional chemical compound arrays and their assay methods |
US6316616B1 (en) | 1998-04-02 | 2001-11-13 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Parallel combinatorial approach to the discovery and optimization of catalysts and uses thereof |
JP2002510505A (en) | 1998-04-03 | 2002-04-09 | フィロス インク. | Localizable protein arrays |
EP1073730A1 (en) | 1998-04-17 | 2001-02-07 | Whitehead For Biomedical Research | Use of a ribozyme to join nucleic acids and peptides |
CA2332862A1 (en) * | 1998-05-15 | 1999-11-25 | Isis Innovation Ltd. | Libraries of oligomers labelled with different tags |
US6287765B1 (en) * | 1998-05-20 | 2001-09-11 | Molecular Machines, Inc. | Methods for detecting and identifying single molecules |
US6096875A (en) | 1998-05-29 | 2000-08-01 | The Perlein-Elmer Corporation | Nucleotide compounds including a rigid linker |
US5948648A (en) | 1998-05-29 | 1999-09-07 | Khan; Shaheer H. | Nucleotide compounds including a rigid linker |
EP1086064A2 (en) | 1998-06-10 | 2001-03-28 | Glycodesign Inc. | Directed combinatorial compound library and high throughput assays for screening same |
WO2000020639A1 (en) | 1998-10-05 | 2000-04-13 | Lynx Therapeutics, Inc. | Enzymatic synthesis of oligonucleotide tags |
AU6295999A (en) | 1998-10-09 | 2000-05-01 | Pharmacopeia, Inc. | Selecting codes to be used for encoding combinatorial libraries |
US6175001B1 (en) | 1998-10-16 | 2001-01-16 | The Scripps Research Institute | Functionalized pyrimidine nucleosides and nucleotides and DNA's incorporating same |
CA2343878A1 (en) | 1998-10-28 | 2000-05-04 | Novozymes A/S | Method for generating a gene library |
US5942609A (en) * | 1998-11-12 | 1999-08-24 | The Porkin-Elmer Corporation | Ligation assembly and detection of polynucleotides on solid-support |
US6087112A (en) | 1998-12-30 | 2000-07-11 | Oligos Etc. Inc. | Arrays with modified oligonucleotide and polynucleotide compositions |
CA2360407A1 (en) | 1999-01-08 | 2000-07-13 | Nickolai Alexandrov | Sequence-determined dna fragments and corresponding polypeptides encoded thereby |
US6096648A (en) * | 1999-01-26 | 2000-08-01 | Amd | Copper/low dielectric interconnect formation with reduced electromigration |
WO2000075373A2 (en) | 1999-05-20 | 2000-12-14 | Illumina, Inc. | Combinatorial decoding of random nucleic acid arrays |
CA2376623C (en) | 1999-06-25 | 2011-04-19 | Nanosphere, Inc. | Nanoparticles having oligonucleotides attached thereto and uses therefor |
WO2001016151A1 (en) | 1999-08-27 | 2001-03-08 | Japan Science And Technology Corporation | Reversible photocoupling nucleic acid and phosphoroamidite |
GB9920194D0 (en) | 1999-08-27 | 1999-10-27 | Advanced Biotech Ltd | A heat-stable thermostable DNA polymerase for use in nucleic acid amplification |
US20020048760A1 (en) | 1999-12-10 | 2002-04-25 | Hyseq, Inc. | Use of mismatch cleavage to detect complementary probes |
US6449613B1 (en) * | 1999-12-23 | 2002-09-10 | Bull Hn Information Systems Inc. | Method and data processing system for hashing database record keys in a discontinuous hash table |
CA2396810A1 (en) | 2000-01-24 | 2001-07-26 | Phylos, Inc. | Sensitive, multiplexed diagnostic assays for protein analysis |
WO2001056955A1 (en) | 2000-02-03 | 2001-08-09 | Nanoscale Combinatorial Synthesis, Inc. | Nonredundant split/pool synthesis of combinatorial libraries |
CN1141397C (en) * | 2000-03-21 | 2004-03-10 | 浙江大学 | Method for making modular expression sequence label |
US20020127598A1 (en) * | 2000-03-27 | 2002-09-12 | Wenqiang Zhou | Solution-phase combinatorial library synthesis and pharmaceutically active compounds produced thereby |
US7682837B2 (en) * | 2000-05-05 | 2010-03-23 | Board Of Trustees Of Leland Stanford Junior University | Devices and methods to form a randomly ordered array of magnetic beads and uses thereof |
EP1290222B1 (en) | 2000-05-19 | 2007-08-08 | Richard B. Williams | In vitro evolution of nucleic acids and encoded polypeptide |
US7244560B2 (en) | 2000-05-21 | 2007-07-17 | Invitrogen Corporation | Methods and compositions for synthesis of nucleic acid molecules using multiple recognition sites |
EP1297338B1 (en) * | 2000-06-05 | 2007-04-18 | Novartis Vaccines and Diagnostics, Inc. | Microarrays for performing proteomic analyses |
US20020115068A1 (en) * | 2000-06-23 | 2002-08-22 | Ian Tomlinson | Matrix screening method |
CA2415098A1 (en) | 2000-07-03 | 2002-01-10 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Methods for encoding combinatorial libraries |
WO2002010186A1 (en) | 2000-07-27 | 2002-02-07 | California Institute Of Technology | A rapid, quantitative method for the mass spectrometric analysis of nucleic acids for gene expression and genotyping |
US20020072887A1 (en) * | 2000-08-18 | 2002-06-13 | Sandor Szalma | Interaction fingerprint annotations from protein structure models |
US6451613B1 (en) * | 2000-09-06 | 2002-09-17 | Anatel Corporation | Instruments for measuring the total organic carbon content of water |
US7718600B2 (en) | 2000-09-29 | 2010-05-18 | The Trustees Of Princeton University | IAP binding compounds |
WO2002034948A2 (en) | 2000-10-25 | 2002-05-02 | City Of Hope | Candidate region mismatch scanning for genotyping and mutation detection |
JP2002315577A (en) | 2000-11-14 | 2002-10-29 | Gencom Co | Method for constructing nucleic acid library |
US7678554B2 (en) | 2001-03-19 | 2010-03-16 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Nucleic acid shuffling |
WO2002083951A1 (en) | 2001-04-10 | 2002-10-24 | Northeastern University | Multiplexed ligand/protein binding assays with pna labels |
US20040137458A1 (en) | 2001-05-03 | 2004-07-15 | Christian Archambault | Molecular tag code for monitoring a product and process using same |
AU2003303395A1 (en) | 2001-05-22 | 2004-07-22 | Dahl, Gary, A. | Target-dependent transcription using deletion mutants of n4 rna polymerase |
AU2002312389A1 (en) | 2001-06-05 | 2002-12-16 | Irm Llc | Functional proteomic profiling |
US20060234231A1 (en) | 2001-06-20 | 2006-10-19 | Nuevolution A/S | Microarrays displaying encoded molecules |
WO2002102820A1 (en) | 2001-06-20 | 2002-12-27 | Nuevolution A/S | Nucleoside derivatives for library preparation |
ATE371026T1 (en) | 2001-06-20 | 2007-09-15 | Nuevolution As | A METHOD FOR SYNTHESIS OF MATTRICE-DEPENDENT MOLECULES |
WO2004001042A2 (en) | 2002-06-20 | 2003-12-31 | Nuevolution A/S | Microarrays displaying encoded molecules |
US20040161741A1 (en) * | 2001-06-30 | 2004-08-19 | Elazar Rabani | Novel compositions and processes for analyte detection, quantification and amplification |
DE10145226A1 (en) | 2001-09-13 | 2003-04-10 | Lifebits Ag | Manufacture of carrier-bound molecules |
CA2466164A1 (en) * | 2001-10-30 | 2003-05-08 | Nanomics Biosystems Pty, Ltd. | Device and methods for directed synthesis of chemical libraries |
JP4252749B2 (en) * | 2001-12-13 | 2009-04-08 | 忠弘 大見 | Substrate processing method and substrate processing apparatus |
WO2003062417A1 (en) | 2002-01-22 | 2003-07-31 | Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation | Rna-dna ligation product and utilization thereof |
US20070213519A1 (en) | 2002-03-01 | 2007-09-13 | Nuevolution A/S | Building Block Forming A C=C Double Bond Upon Reaction |
AU2002310846B2 (en) * | 2002-03-08 | 2008-03-20 | Eidgenossische Technische Hochschule Zurich | Encoded self-assembling chemical libraries (ESACHEL) |
EP1487851A2 (en) | 2002-03-15 | 2004-12-22 | Nuevolution A/S | A building block capable of functional entity transfer to nucleophil |
EP2186897B1 (en) | 2002-03-15 | 2016-02-17 | Nuevolution A/S | An improved method for synthesising templated molecules |
WO2003078446A2 (en) | 2002-03-15 | 2003-09-25 | Nuevolution A/S | A building block forming a c-c or a c-hetero atom bond upon reaction |
EP1490384A2 (en) | 2002-03-15 | 2004-12-29 | Nuevolution A/S | A building block forming a c-c bond upon reaction |
AUPS127202A0 (en) | 2002-03-20 | 2002-04-18 | Walter And Eliza Hall Institute Of Medical Research, The | Therapeutic ion channel blocking agents and methods of use thereof |
AU2003226008A1 (en) | 2002-03-22 | 2003-10-13 | Emory University | Template-driven processes for synthesizing polymers and components related to such processes |
GB0213816D0 (en) | 2002-06-14 | 2002-07-24 | Univ Aston | Method of producing DNA and protein libraries |
AU2003242516A1 (en) | 2002-07-23 | 2004-02-09 | Nuevolution A/S | Gene shuffling by template switching |
EP1539980B1 (en) | 2002-08-01 | 2016-02-17 | Nuevolution A/S | Library of complexes comprising small non-peptide molecules and double-stranded oligonucleotides identifying the molecules |
EP1540013B1 (en) * | 2002-08-19 | 2015-07-08 | The President and Fellows of Harvard College | Evolving new molecular function |
US20040197845A1 (en) | 2002-08-30 | 2004-10-07 | Arjang Hassibi | Methods and apparatus for pathogen detection, identification and/or quantification |
WO2004024929A2 (en) | 2002-09-12 | 2004-03-25 | Nuevolution A/S | Proximity-aided synthesis of templated molecules |
EP1551986B1 (en) * | 2002-09-30 | 2014-08-27 | Affymetrix, Inc. | Polynucleotide synthesis and labeling by kinetic sampling ligation |
ES2368215T3 (en) * | 2002-10-30 | 2011-11-15 | Nuevolution A/S | ENZYMATIC CODING. |
EP1576126A3 (en) | 2002-10-30 | 2005-10-26 | Pointilliste, Inc. | Systems for capture and analysis of biological particles and methods using the systems |
AU2003297682A1 (en) | 2002-12-03 | 2004-06-23 | Archemix Corporation | Method for in vitro selection of 2'-substituted nucleic acids |
EP2175019A3 (en) | 2002-12-19 | 2011-04-06 | Nuevolution A/S | Quasirandom structure and function guided synthesis methods |
WO2005003375A2 (en) | 2003-01-29 | 2005-01-13 | 454 Corporation | Methods of amplifying and sequencing nucleic acids |
US20070026397A1 (en) | 2003-02-21 | 2007-02-01 | Nuevolution A/S | Method for producing second-generation library |
WO2004074501A2 (en) | 2003-02-21 | 2004-09-02 | Nuevolution A/S | A method for obtaining structural information about an encoded molecule |
JP4054871B2 (en) | 2003-02-24 | 2008-03-05 | 独立行政法人産業技術総合研究所 | Thermostable DNA ligase |
US7915201B2 (en) * | 2003-03-20 | 2011-03-29 | Nuevolution A/S | Ligational encoding of small molecules |
EP1625230A2 (en) | 2003-05-09 | 2006-02-15 | Thorleif Möller | Selection and evolution of chemical libraries |
WO2004110964A2 (en) | 2003-06-16 | 2004-12-23 | Nuevolution A/S | Encoded molecules by translation (emt) |
WO2005003778A2 (en) | 2003-07-02 | 2005-01-13 | Nuevolution A/S | A method for identifying a synthetic molecule having affinity towards a target |
US20070134662A1 (en) | 2003-07-03 | 2007-06-14 | Juswinder Singh | Structural interaction fingerprint |
EP1533385A1 (en) | 2003-09-05 | 2005-05-25 | Nuevolution A/S | Templated compounds for generation of encoded molecules and directional methods using such compounds |
DE602004023960D1 (en) | 2003-09-18 | 2009-12-17 | Nuevolution As | Method for obtaining structural information of encoded molecules and for selection of compounds |
BRPI0417830B1 (en) | 2003-12-17 | 2021-02-17 | Praecis Pharmaceuticals Inc | methods for synthesizing a molecule comprising a functional portion operably linked to a coding oligonucleotide |
US7972994B2 (en) * | 2003-12-17 | 2011-07-05 | Glaxosmithkline Llc | Methods for synthesis of encoded libraries |
US7491194B1 (en) * | 2004-02-03 | 2009-02-17 | David Oliwa | Remote control valve for urine collection bag |
WO2005078122A2 (en) | 2004-02-17 | 2005-08-25 | Nuevolution A/S | Method for enrichment involving elimination by mismatch hybridisation |
DK1730277T3 (en) | 2004-03-22 | 2010-03-01 | Nuevolution As | Coding by ligation using building block oligonucleotides |
NZ532002A (en) * | 2004-03-29 | 2006-11-30 | Rodney Warwick Sharp | Hogger apparatus with inclined drum having screening apertures on side wall, and drum rotating reducing means |
WO2005116213A2 (en) | 2004-04-15 | 2005-12-08 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Directed evolution of proteins |
ZA200704520B (en) | 2004-11-08 | 2008-09-25 | Vipergen Aps | Structural nucleic acid guided chemical synthesis |
EP1828381B1 (en) | 2004-11-22 | 2009-01-07 | Peter Birk Rasmussen | Template directed split and mix systhesis of small molecule libraries |
DE602005022936D1 (en) | 2004-12-20 | 2010-09-23 | Genentech Inc | PYRROLIDINES AS INHIBITORS OF IAP |
WO2006079061A2 (en) | 2005-01-21 | 2006-07-27 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Free reactant use in nucleic acid-templated synthesis |
WO2007008276A2 (en) | 2005-05-03 | 2007-01-18 | Ensemble Discovery Corporation | Turnover probes and use thereof for nucleic acid detection |
WO2006128138A2 (en) | 2005-05-26 | 2006-11-30 | Ensemble Discovery Corportion | Biodetection by nucleic acid-templated chemistry |
US20090163371A1 (en) | 2005-05-31 | 2009-06-25 | Stern Andrew M | Anchor-Assisted Fragment Selection and Directed Assembly |
WO2006135654A2 (en) | 2005-06-07 | 2006-12-21 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Polymer evolution via templated synthesis related applications |
DE602006012971D1 (en) * | 2005-06-07 | 2010-04-29 | Harvard College | MEDIATED CHEMISTRY |
RU2459869C2 (en) | 2005-06-09 | 2012-08-27 | ГЛЭКСОСМИТКЛАЙН ЭлЭлСи | Compound containing coding oligonucleotide, production method thereof, library of compounds, production method thereof, method of identifying compound bound with biological target (versions) |
US20090035824A1 (en) * | 2005-06-17 | 2009-02-05 | Liu David R | Nucleic acid-templated chemistry in organic solvents |
WO2006138666A2 (en) | 2005-06-17 | 2006-12-28 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Iterated branching reaction pathways via nucleic acid-mediated chemistry |
WO2007011722A2 (en) | 2005-07-15 | 2007-01-25 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Reaction discovery system |
US20090005256A1 (en) | 2005-07-29 | 2009-01-01 | Bittker Joshua A | Analysis of Encoded Chemical Libraries |
CA2626325A1 (en) | 2005-10-28 | 2007-05-10 | Praecis Pharmaceuticals Incorporated | Methods for identifying compounds of interest using encoded libraries |
DE602006018648D1 (en) | 2005-12-01 | 2011-01-13 | Nuevolution As | ENZYMMETRING CODING METHODS FOR EFFICIENT SYNTHESIS OF LARGE LIBRARIES |
WO2007124758A1 (en) | 2006-05-03 | 2007-11-08 | Vipergen Aps | A method for preparing compounds by nucleic acid directed synthesis |
JP2008000268A (en) | 2006-06-21 | 2008-01-10 | Kyogi Kk | Drum toy |
WO2008014238A2 (en) | 2006-07-24 | 2008-01-31 | Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corporation | Dimeric iap inhibitors |
JP2010503860A (en) | 2006-09-18 | 2010-02-04 | アンサンブル ディスカバリー コーポレイション | Receptor family profiling |
JP2010504983A (en) | 2006-09-28 | 2010-02-18 | アンサンブル ディスカバリー コーポレイション | Compositions and methods for biological detection by chemistry using nucleic acid templates |
US8383370B2 (en) | 2007-01-30 | 2013-02-26 | The Rockefeller University | Modified RNA ligase for efficient 3′ modification of RNA |
US20100159446A1 (en) | 2007-07-27 | 2010-06-24 | Haff Lawrence A | Detection Assays and Use Thereof |
WO2009077173A2 (en) | 2007-12-19 | 2009-06-25 | Philochem Ag | Dna-encoded chemical libraries |
TW201011006A (en) | 2008-06-16 | 2010-03-16 | Nuevolution As | IAP binding compounds |
JP5292967B2 (en) | 2008-07-22 | 2013-09-18 | トヨタ自動車株式会社 | Metal plating treatment method |
CN101963939A (en) * | 2009-07-23 | 2011-02-02 | 鸿富锦精密工业(深圳)有限公司 | Embedded electronic device and calibration method of program execution in embedded electronic device |
JP5330530B2 (en) * | 2010-01-22 | 2013-10-30 | パナソニック株式会社 | Image management apparatus, image management method, program, recording medium, and integrated circuit |
DK2558577T3 (en) | 2010-04-16 | 2019-04-01 | Nuevolution As | Bi-functional complexes and methods for the preparation and use of such complexes |
EP3828271A1 (en) * | 2011-09-07 | 2021-06-02 | X-Chem, Inc. | Methods for tagging dna-encoded libraries |
-
2003
- 2003-03-14 EP EP08169346.7A patent/EP2186897B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2003-03-14 WO PCT/DK2003/000172 patent/WO2003078625A2/en active Application Filing
- 2003-03-14 NZ NZ535144A patent/NZ535144A/en unknown
- 2003-03-14 CN CN03809956XA patent/CN101006177B/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2003-03-14 CA CA002518626A patent/CA2518626A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2003-03-14 IL IL16382203A patent/IL163822A0/en unknown
- 2003-03-14 US US10/507,121 patent/US7413854B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2003-03-14 EP EP03709676A patent/EP1487978B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2003-03-14 DK DK03709676T patent/DK1487978T3/en active
- 2003-03-14 DE DE60324778T patent/DE60324778D1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2003-03-14 AT AT03709676T patent/ATE414769T1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2003-03-14 AU AU2003214031A patent/AU2003214031A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2008
- 2008-07-24 US US12/179,323 patent/US8808984B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
2014
- 2014-07-24 US US14/340,123 patent/US10731151B2/en active Active
Patent Citations (9)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5432272A (en) | 1990-10-09 | 1995-07-11 | Benner; Steven A. | Method for incorporating into a DNA or RNA oligonucleotide using nucleotides bearing heterocyclic bases |
US5723598A (en) | 1992-03-30 | 1998-03-03 | The Scripps Research Institute | Encoded combinatorial chemical libraries |
US6037120A (en) | 1995-10-12 | 2000-03-14 | Benner; Steven Albert | Recognition of oligonucleotides containing non-standard base pairs |
WO1998056904A1 (en) * | 1997-06-12 | 1998-12-17 | Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Combinatorial enzymatic complexes |
WO2000023458A1 (en) | 1998-10-19 | 2000-04-27 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Dna-templated combinatorial library chemistry |
WO2000032823A1 (en) * | 1998-12-02 | 2000-06-08 | Phylos, Inc. | Dna-protein fusions and uses thereof |
WO2000061775A1 (en) * | 1999-04-08 | 2000-10-19 | Pavel Sergeev | Synthesis of biologically active compounds in cells |
WO2001007657A1 (en) * | 1999-07-27 | 2001-02-01 | Phylos, Inc. | Peptide acceptor ligation methods |
WO2002074929A2 (en) * | 2001-03-19 | 2002-09-26 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Evolving new molecular function |
Non-Patent Citations (41)
Title |
---|
ARAP ET AL., NAT. MED., vol. 2, 2002, pages 121 - 127 |
BACA ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI USA., vol. 94, no. 19, 1997, pages 10063 - 8 |
BRENNER ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 97, 2000, pages 1665 - 1670 |
BRENNER S ET AL: "ENCODED COMBINATORIAL CHEMISTRY", PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL ACADEMY OF SCIENCES OF USA. (PNAS), NATIONAL ACADEMY OF SCIENCE, WASHINGTON, DC, US LNKD- DOI:10.1073/PNAS.89.12.5381, vol. 89, no. 12, 1 June 1992 (1992-06-01), pages 5381 - 5383, XP000647936, ISSN: 0027-8424 * |
BRUICK R K ET AL: "TEMPLATE-DIRECTED LIGATION OF PEPTIDES TO OLIGONUCLEOTIDES", CHEMISTRY AND BIOLOGY, CURRENT BIOLOGY, LONDON, GB, vol. 3, no. 1, January 1996 (1996-01-01), pages 49 - 56, XP000856876, ISSN: 1074-5521 * |
COMPTON, NATURE, vol. 350, 1991, pages 91 - 92 |
CZLAPINSKI J L ET AL: "Nucleic acid template-directed assembly of metallosalen-DNA conjugates", JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY, AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY, NEW YORK, USA LNKD- DOI:10.1021/JA0162212, vol. 123, no. 35, 10 August 2001 (2001-08-10), pages 8618 - 8619, XP002397757, ISSN: 0002-7863 * |
DREWS, J., SCIENCE, vol. 287, 2000, pages 1960 - 1964 |
GARTNER Z J ET AL: "THE GENERALITY OF DNA-TEMPLATED SYNTHESIS AS A BASIS FOR EVOLVING NON-NATURAL SMALL MOLECULES", JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY, AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY, NEW YORK, USA LNKD- DOI:10.1021/JA015873N, vol. 123, 1 January 2001 (2001-01-01), pages 6961 - 6963, XP001127054, ISSN: 0002-7863 * |
GARTNER ZJ; LIU DR, J. AM. CHEM. SOC., vol. 123, 2001, pages 6961 - 6963 |
GEVORKIAN ET AL., CLIN. IMMUNOL. IMMUNOPATHOL., vol. 86, 1998, pages 305 - 309 |
GNATELLI ET AL., PNAS, vol. 87, 1990, pages 1874 - 1878 |
GRYAZNOV AND R L LETSINGER S M: "Chemical Ligation of Oligonucleotides in the Presence and Absence of a Template", JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY, AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY, NEW YORK, USA, no. 115, 5 May 1993 (1993-05-05), pages 3808 - 9, XP002073065, ISSN: 0002-7863 * |
HOOGENBOOM ET AL., IMMUNOTECH., vol. 4, 1998, pages 1 - 20 |
KUNISHIMA ET AL., TETRAHEDRON, vol. 57, 2001, pages 1551 |
KUPSCH ET AL., CLIN CANCER RES., vol. 5, 1999, pages 925 - 931 |
KURZ M ET AL: "cDNA - protein fusions: covalent protein - gene conjugates for the in vitro selection of peptides and proteins", CHEMBIOCHEM; WILEY-VCH-VERLAG GMBH, WEINHEIM, DE, vol. 2, no. 9, 3 September 2001 (2001-09-03), pages 666 - 672, XP002332971, ISSN: 1439-4227 * |
MARKS ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 267, 1992, pages 16007 - 16010 |
MATSUURA K ET AL: "Construction of glyco-clusters by self-organization of site-specifically glycosylated oligonucleotides and their cooperative amplification of lectin-recognition", JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY, AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY, NEW YORK, USA LNKD- DOI:10.1021/JA001945J, vol. 123, no. 2, 17 January 2001 (2001-01-17), pages 357 - 358, XP002258330, ISSN: 0002-7863 * |
MATTHEAKIS ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI., vol. 91, 1994, pages 9022 - 9026 |
NOLTE, NATURE BIOTECHNOL., vol. 14, 1996, pages 1116 - 1121 |
PAGRATIS ET AL., NATURE BIOTECHNOL., vol. 15, 1997, pages 68 - 72 |
PASQUALINI ET AL., CANCER RES., vol. 60, 2000, pages 722 - 727 |
PASQUALINI ET AL., NATURE, vol. 380, 1996, pages 364 - 366 |
PASQUALINI; RUOSLATHI, NATURE, vol. 280, 1996, pages 364 - 366 |
PEDERSEN ET AL., PNAS, vol. 18, 1998, pages 10523 - 10528 |
PEDERSEN ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA., vol. 95, no. 18, 1998, pages 10523 - 8 |
ROBERTS ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI., vol. 94, 1997, pages 12297 - 302 |
SCHEFFER ET AL., BR J CANCER, vol. 86, 2002, pages 954 - 962 |
SCHMIDT ET AL., NAR, vol. 25, 1997, pages 4797 - 4802 |
SMITH, SCIENCE, vol. 228, 1985, pages 1315 - 1317 |
SOUMILLION ET AL., J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 237, 1994, pages 415 - 22 |
STEMMER, NATURE, vol. 370, 1994, pages 389 - 91 |
SUMMERER D ET AL: "DNA-TEMPLATED SYNTHESIS: MORE VERSATILE THAN EXPECTED", ANGEWANDTE CHEMIE. INTERNATIONAL EDITION, WILEY VCH VERLAG, WEINHEIM LNKD- DOI:10.1002/1521-3773(20020104)41:1<89::AID-ANIE89>3.3.CO;2-7, vol. 41, no. 1, 4 January 2002 (2002-01-04), pages 89/90, XP001170352, ISSN: 1433-7851 * |
TSENG-LAW ET AL., EXP. HEMATOL., vol. 27, 1999, pages 936 - 945 |
VAN GELDER ET AL., PNAS, vol. 85, 1988, pages 77652 - 77656 |
VISSCHER J ET AL: "TEMPLATE-DIRECTED SYNTHESIS OF ACYCLIC OLIGONUCLEOTIDE ANALOGUES", JOURNAL OF MOLECULAR EVOLUTION, SPRINGER VERLAG, NEW YORK, NY, US LNKD- DOI:10.1007/BF02143492, vol. 28, no. 1/02, 1 January 1988 (1988-01-01), pages 3 - 06, XP000857353, ISSN: 0022-2844 * |
WALDER J A ET AL: "COMPLEMENTARY CARRIER PEPTIDE SYNTHESIS: GENERAL STRATEGY AND IMPLICATIONS FOR PREBIOTIC ORIGIN OF PEPTIDE SYNTHESIS", PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL ACADEMY OF SCIENCES OF USA, NATIONAL ACADEMY OF SCIENCE. WASHINGTON, US, vol. 76, no. 1, January 1979 (1979-01-01), pages 51 - 55, XP000857351, ISSN: 0027-8424 * |
WELLS ET AL., RECENT PROG. HORMONE RES., vol. 48, 1993, pages 253 - 262 |
WELLS; LOWMAN, CURR. OP. STRUCT. BIOL., vol. 2, 1992, pages 597 - 604 |
WINTER ET AL., ANNU. REV. IMMUNOL., vol. 12, 1994, pages 433 - 455 |
Cited By (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US9359601B2 (en) | 2009-02-13 | 2016-06-07 | X-Chem, Inc. | Methods of creating and screening DNA-encoded libraries |
US11168321B2 (en) | 2009-02-13 | 2021-11-09 | X-Chem, Inc. | Methods of creating and screening DNA-encoded libraries |
US10865409B2 (en) | 2011-09-07 | 2020-12-15 | X-Chem, Inc. | Methods for tagging DNA-encoded libraries |
US11674135B2 (en) | 2012-07-13 | 2023-06-13 | X-Chem, Inc. | DNA-encoded libraries having encoding oligonucleotide linkages not readable by polymerases |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
EP2186897B1 (en) | 2016-02-17 |
US10731151B2 (en) | 2020-08-04 |
WO2003078625A3 (en) | 2004-01-08 |
CN101006177A (en) | 2007-07-25 |
WO2003078625A2 (en) | 2003-09-25 |
US8808984B2 (en) | 2014-08-19 |
NZ535144A (en) | 2006-03-31 |
AU2003214031A1 (en) | 2003-09-29 |
EP1487978B1 (en) | 2008-11-19 |
US20090143232A1 (en) | 2009-06-04 |
CN101006177B (en) | 2011-10-12 |
IL163822A0 (en) | 2005-12-18 |
CA2518626A1 (en) | 2003-09-25 |
US20150252360A1 (en) | 2015-09-10 |
EP1487978A2 (en) | 2004-12-22 |
DK1487978T3 (en) | 2009-03-23 |
US7413854B2 (en) | 2008-08-19 |
US20050221316A1 (en) | 2005-10-06 |
ATE414769T1 (en) | 2008-12-15 |
DE60324778D1 (en) | 2009-01-02 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US10731151B2 (en) | Method for synthesising templated molecules | |
US10730906B2 (en) | Multi-step synthesis of templated molecules | |
JP6906492B2 (en) | DNA encoding library with coding oligonucleotide linkage that cannot be read by polymerase | |
JP2018138590A (en) | Methods for tagging dna-encoded libraries | |
EP1539953A2 (en) | Proximity-aided synthesis of templated molecules | |
JP7283727B2 (en) | Oligonucleotides Directed and Recorded for Combinatorial Synthesis of Code Probe Molecules | |
KR20170094445A (en) | Methods for tagging dna-encoded libraries | |
DK2186897T3 (en) | An improved method for the synthesis of templated molecules | |
DK1539980T3 (en) | Library of complexes comprising small non-peptide molecules and double-stranded oligonucleotides that identify the molecules | |
ZA200406941B (en) | An improved method for synthesising templated molecules. | |
JP2005521365A6 (en) | An improved method for synthesizing templated molecules. | |
Chen | Evolution and Computational Generation of Highly Functionalized Nucleic Acid Polymers |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
PUAI | Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase |
Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012 |
|
17P | Request for examination filed |
Effective date: 20081204 |
|
AC | Divisional application: reference to earlier application |
Ref document number: 1487978 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: P |
|
AK | Designated contracting states |
Kind code of ref document: A1 Designated state(s): AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IT LI LU MC NL PT RO SE SI SK TR |
|
AX | Request for extension of the european patent |
Extension state: AL LT LV MK |
|
AKY | No designation fees paid | ||
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: DE Ref legal event code: 8566 |
|
RBV | Designated contracting states (corrected) |
Designated state(s): AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IT LI LU MC NL PT RO SE SI SK TR |
|
17Q | First examination report despatched |
Effective date: 20110419 |
|
GRAP | Despatch of communication of intention to grant a patent |
Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOSNIGR1 |
|
INTG | Intention to grant announced |
Effective date: 20150409 |
|
GRAS | Grant fee paid |
Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOSNIGR3 |
|
GRAA | (expected) grant |
Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009210 |
|
AC | Divisional application: reference to earlier application |
Ref document number: 1487978 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: P |
|
AK | Designated contracting states |
Kind code of ref document: B1 Designated state(s): AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IT LI LU MC NL PT RO SE SI SK TR |
|
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: GB Ref legal event code: FG4D |
|
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: CH Ref legal event code: EP |
|
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: IE Ref legal event code: FG4D |
|
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: AT Ref legal event code: REF Ref document number: 775692 Country of ref document: AT Kind code of ref document: T Effective date: 20160315 |
|
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: DE Ref legal event code: R096 Ref document number: 60348568 Country of ref document: DE |
|
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: FR Ref legal event code: PLFP Year of fee payment: 14 |
|
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: RO Ref legal event code: EPE |
|
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: PT Ref legal event code: SC4A Free format text: AVAILABILITY OF NATIONAL TRANSLATION Effective date: 20160516 |
|
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: ES Ref legal event code: FG2A Ref document number: 2571933 Country of ref document: ES Kind code of ref document: T3 Effective date: 20160527 |
|
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: DK Ref legal event code: T3 Effective date: 20160523 |
|
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: NL Ref legal event code: FP |
|
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: SE Ref legal event code: TRGR |
|
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: EE Ref legal event code: FG4A Ref document number: E011963 Country of ref document: EE Effective date: 20160516 |
|
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: SK Ref legal event code: T3 Ref document number: E 21001 Country of ref document: SK |
|
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: HU Ref legal event code: AG4A Ref document number: E027365 Country of ref document: HU |
|
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: GR Ref legal event code: EP Ref document number: 20160400891 Country of ref document: GR Effective date: 20160628 |
|
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: DE Ref legal event code: R097 Ref document number: 60348568 Country of ref document: DE |
|
PLBE | No opposition filed within time limit |
Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009261 |
|
STAA | Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent |
Free format text: STATUS: NO OPPOSITION FILED WITHIN TIME LIMIT |
|
26N | No opposition filed |
Effective date: 20161118 |
|
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: FR Ref legal event code: PLFP Year of fee payment: 15 |
|
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: FR Ref legal event code: PLFP Year of fee payment: 16 |
|
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: AT Ref legal event code: UEP Ref document number: 775692 Country of ref document: AT Kind code of ref document: T Effective date: 20160217 |
|
PGFP | Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: IE Payment date: 20220218 Year of fee payment: 20 Ref country code: HU Payment date: 20220223 Year of fee payment: 20 Ref country code: GB Payment date: 20220225 Year of fee payment: 20 Ref country code: FI Payment date: 20220215 Year of fee payment: 20 Ref country code: DK Payment date: 20220218 Year of fee payment: 20 Ref country code: DE Payment date: 20220217 Year of fee payment: 20 Ref country code: CH Payment date: 20220218 Year of fee payment: 20 Ref country code: BG Payment date: 20220302 Year of fee payment: 20 Ref country code: AT Payment date: 20220218 Year of fee payment: 20 |
|
PGFP | Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: TR Payment date: 20220222 Year of fee payment: 20 Ref country code: SK Payment date: 20220224 Year of fee payment: 20 Ref country code: SE Payment date: 20220217 Year of fee payment: 20 Ref country code: RO Payment date: 20220314 Year of fee payment: 20 Ref country code: PT Payment date: 20220218 Year of fee payment: 20 Ref country code: NL Payment date: 20220217 Year of fee payment: 20 Ref country code: MC Payment date: 20220221 Year of fee payment: 20 Ref country code: LU Payment date: 20220217 Year of fee payment: 20 Ref country code: IT Payment date: 20220217 Year of fee payment: 20 Ref country code: GR Payment date: 20220218 Year of fee payment: 20 Ref country code: FR Payment date: 20220221 Year of fee payment: 20 Ref country code: EE Payment date: 20220218 Year of fee payment: 20 Ref country code: CZ Payment date: 20220223 Year of fee payment: 20 Ref country code: BE Payment date: 20220217 Year of fee payment: 20 |
|
PGFP | Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: SI Payment date: 20220224 Year of fee payment: 20 |
|
PGFP | Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: ES Payment date: 20220401 Year of fee payment: 20 Ref country code: CY Payment date: 20220218 Year of fee payment: 20 |
|
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: DE Ref legal event code: R071 Ref document number: 60348568 Country of ref document: DE |
|
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: CH Ref legal event code: PL Ref country code: NL Ref legal event code: MK Effective date: 20230313 |
|
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: BE Ref legal event code: MK Effective date: 20230314 Ref country code: SK Ref legal event code: MK4A Ref document number: E 21001 Country of ref document: SK Expiry date: 20230314 |
|
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: GB Ref legal event code: PE20 Expiry date: 20230313 |
|
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: IE Ref legal event code: MK9A |
|
PG25 | Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: PT Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF EXPIRATION OF PROTECTION Effective date: 20230323 Ref country code: CZ Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF EXPIRATION OF PROTECTION Effective date: 20230314 |
|
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: SE Ref legal event code: EUG |
|
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: AT Ref legal event code: MK07 Ref document number: 775692 Country of ref document: AT Kind code of ref document: T Effective date: 20230314 |
|
PG25 | Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: SK Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF EXPIRATION OF PROTECTION Effective date: 20230314 Ref country code: SI Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF EXPIRATION OF PROTECTION Effective date: 20230315 Ref country code: GB Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF EXPIRATION OF PROTECTION Effective date: 20230313 |
|
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: ES Ref legal event code: FD2A Effective date: 20230602 |
|
PG25 | Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: IE Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF EXPIRATION OF PROTECTION Effective date: 20230314 Ref country code: ES Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF EXPIRATION OF PROTECTION Effective date: 20230315 |
|
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: DK Ref legal event code: EUP Expiry date: 20230314 |